Hioki 3166 MANUAL PDF

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
For.../
3166

CLAMP ON
POWER HiTESTER
Contents
Introduction i
Inspection ii
Safety Notes iii
Notes on Use vi
Notes on Using the Power Meter ix
Chapter Summary x
Chapter 1 Overview and Names of Parts 1

1.1 Product Overview 1
1.2 Features 2
1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part 4
1.4 PLL Synchronization 8
Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen 9

2.1 Basic Operations 9
2.2 Screen Configuration 13
2.3 Initial Screen 15
Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements 17

3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure 18
3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords 19
3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors 22
3.4 Turning On the Power 24
3.5 Self-test 26
3.6 Attaching the Stand 27
Chapter 4 Wiring Methods 29

4.1 Before Measurement 29
4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring 30
4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods 33
4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring 38
4.6 Measuring Ranges 41
Chapter 5 Normal Measurement 43
5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode 44
5.3 Preparations for Measurement 46
5.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking
the Basic Setting Conditions 46
5.3.2 Confirming Settings 47
5.4 Taking Measurements 49
5.4.1 Displaying Instantaneous Values 49
5.4.2 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values 51
5.4.3 Printing Measured Values on the Printer 52
5.4.4 Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk 53
5.5 Changing the Settings 54
5.5.1 Print/Save Items 54
5.5.2 File Names 55
5.5.3 D/A Output Items 58
5.5.4 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode) 59
5.6 Printing Out the Settings 60
5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk 61
Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement 63

6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode 63
6.3.2 Special Settings for Integrated Measurement 67
6.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range 70
6.4.2 Starting Integrated Measurement 71
6.4.3 Stopping Integrated Measurement 72
6.4.5 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values 74
6.4.6 Displaying Integrated Values 75
6.5 Changing Settings 78
6.5.1 Integration Start Method 78
6.5.2 Start Time 78
6.5.3 Integration Stop Method 79
6.5.4 Stop Time 80
6.5.5 Output Interval Time 80
6.5.7 FD Auto Output 82
6.5.8 File Names 83
6.5.9 RS-232C Automatic Output 83
6.5.11 Integrated Output Rate 84
Chapter 7 Demand Measurement 89

7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode 89
7.3.2 Special Settings for Demand Measurement 94
7.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range 97
7.4.2 Starting Demand Measurement 98
7.4.3 Stopping Demand Measurement 99
7.4.5 Displaying Integrated Values 102
7.4.6 Displaying Demand Values 105
7.4.7 Displaying a Daily Report 106
7.4.8 Displaying Weekly Reports 108
7.4.9 Displaying Monthly Reports 110
7.5 Changing Settings 112
7.5.1 Start Time 112
7.5.2 Stop Time 112
7.5.3 Demand Period 113
7.5.4 Transformer Capacity 114
7.5.6 FD Auto Output 117
7.5.7 File Names 117
7.5.8 RS-232C Automatic Output 118
7.5.10 Integrated Output Rate 119
Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details 123

8.1 List of Setting Items 123
8.2 Settings for Each Item 125
8.2.1 Reactive Power Meter Method 125
8.2.2 Sampling Method 126
8.2.3 PLL Sync/Frequency Source 126
8.2.4 Frequency of the Line Being Measured 127
8.2.5 Display Averaging Times 127
8.2.6 PT 128
8.2.7 CT 128
8.2.8 Backlight 129
8.2.9 Contrast 129
8.2.10 Key Beep 130
8.2.11 RS-232C Device 130
8.2.12 Setting the Time 134
8.2.13 System Reset 135
Chapter 9 Using the Remote Control Jack 139

9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack 140
9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack 141
9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control 142
Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer 145

10.1 Overview 145
10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out 146
10.3 Connection Method 150
10.4 Operating Procedure 152
Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer 157

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface 158
11.2.1 RS-232C Interface Specifications 158
11.2.2 Setting Method 161
11.2.3 Flow of the Basic Operating Procedure 162
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface 163
11.3.1 Messages 163
11.3.2 Command Syntax 164
11.3.3 Headers 164
11.3.4 Delimiter 165
11.3.5 Separators 165
11.3.6 Data Formats 166
11.3.7 Abbreviation of Compound Commands 167
11.3.8 Output Queue 168
11.3.9 Input Buffer 168
11.4 Command Reference 169
11.4.1 Description of the Command Reference Format 169
11.4.2 Commands 170
11.5 Sample Program 237
11.5.1 RS-232C 238
11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface 239
Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem 241

12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1) 243
12.2.1 Automatic Measurement Data Output 243
12.2.2 Operating Procedure 243
12.2.3 Setting the 3166 244
12.2.4 Setting a Modem Connected to a Personal Computer 245
12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2) 246
12.3.1 Remote Control 246
12.3.2 Operating Procedure 246
12.3.3 Setting the 3166 247
12.3.4 Setting the Modem Connected to the 3166 247
12.3.5 Setting the Modem Connected to
the Personal Computer 248
12.3.6 Actual Control Method 248
Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional) 249

13.1 Output Connection Method 250
13.2 Structure of the Output Connector 251
13.3 Output Response Characteristics 252
13.4 Output Waveform 254
Chapter 14 Using the FDD UNIT (Optional) 257

14.1 General 258
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved 259
14.4 Using Floppy Disks 267
14.5 Saving Measurement Data 269
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode 273
14.6.1 Loading Setting Data That Was Previously Saved
on Floppy Disk 274
14.6.2 Loading Measurement Data That Was Previously
Saved on Floppy Disk 275
14.6.3 Formatting a Floppy Disk 277
14.6.4 Renaming Files 278
14.6.5 Deleting Files 279
14.6.6 Upgrade 280
Chapter 15 Harmonic Analysis Software 281

15.1 Overview 281
Chapter 16 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power 283

16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power 284
16.2 Normal Measurement Mode 285
16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand
Measurement Mode 286
Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service 289

17.1 Cautions 289
17.2 Troubleshooting 290
17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and
the Packing Materials 291
Chapter 18 Specifications 293

18.1 Product Specifications 293
18.1.1 General Specifications 293
18.1.2 Basic Specifications 295
18.1.3 Function Specifications 298
18.1.4 External Interfaces 302
18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table 304
18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations 305
18.4 Internal Block Diagram 309
18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications 310
18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications 311
18.6.1 General Specifications 311
18.6.2 Specifications 311
18.6.3 Functions 311
18.6.4 Miscellaneous 312
18.6.5 Accessories 312
Appendix APPENDIX 1
Appendix 1 Error Messages APPENDIX 2
Appendix 2 List of Commands APPENDIX 4
Appendix 2.1 List of Commands APPENDIX 4
Appendix 2.2 Hierarchical Organization
of Commands APPENDIX 10
Appendix 2.3 Valid Commands for Each Status APPENDIX 14
Appendix 2.4 Chart of Initialization Items APPENDIX 20
Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration,
and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead
and Lag APPENDIX 21
Appendix 3.1 Active Power APPENDIX 21
Appendix 3.2 Reactive Power APPENDIX 21
Appendix 3.3 Power Factor APPENDIX 24
Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166 APPENDIX 25
Appendix 5 Screen Configuration APPENDIX 27
Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying
Case APPENDIX 28
Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms APPENDIX 29
Appendix 8 Printout Samples APPENDIX 30
Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk APPENDIX 35
Index INDEX 1
i
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing the HIOKI "3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER."
To obtain maximum performance from the product, please read this manual
first, and keep it handy for future reference.
NOTE
The 3166 uses the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR for its current input. For
details on the sensor, refer to the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR
Instruction Manual.
3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER (9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS

SOFTWARE PREINSTALL MODEL)
The "9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE" (optional) is
preinstalled in the 3166. For details on the software, refer to the 9556
HARMONICS ANALYSIS SOFTWARE Instruction Manual.
NOTE
The 9556 master disk is not included with the product. The disk included with
the product contains software (WUICONV.EXE) to convert waveform data into
a text format.
Introduction
ii
Inspection
When you receive the product, inspect it carefully to ensure that no damage
occurred during shipping. In particular, check the accessories, panel switches,
and connectors. If damage is evident, or if it fails to operate according to the
specifications, contact your dealer or Hioki representative.
Standard accessories
Instruction Manual 1
Guide 1
Power cord 1
9438 VOLTAGE CORD 1set
(one each of black, red, yellow, and blue)
Voltage cord lock 4
Stand 1set
Before use
Before using the product the first time, verify that it operates normally to
ensure that the no damage occurred during storage or shipping. If you find
any damage, contact your dealer or Hioki representative.
NOTE
Before using the product, make sure that the insulation on the 9438
VOLTAGE CORD is undamaged and that no bare conductors are improperly
exposed. Using the product in such conditions could cause an electric shock,
so contact your dealer or Hioki representative for repair.
Shipment
Use the original packing materials when reshipping the product, if possible.
Before shipping the 9595 FDD UNIT, be sure to remove the floppy disk.

Inspection
iii
Safety Notes
DANGER This product is designed to conform to IEC 61010 Safety Standards, and
has been thoroughly tested for safety prior to shipment. However,
mishandling during use could result in injury or death, as well as damage
to the product. Be certain that you understand the instructions and
precautions in the manual before use. We disclaim any responsibility for
accidents or injuries not resulting directly from product defects.
DANGER To avoid short circuits and potentially life-threatening hazards, never

attach the clamp to a circuit that operates at more than the 600 V (9291)
/300 V (9298) or over bare conductors.
This manual contains information and warnings essential for safe operation of
the product and for maintaining it in safe operating condition. Before using
the product, be sure to carefully read the following safety notes.
Safety symbols
The this symbol printed on the product indicates that the user
should refer to a corresponding topic in the manual (marked with
the symbol) before using the relevant function.
In the manual, this symbol indicates particularly important
information that the user should read before using the product.
Indicates a grounding terminal.
Indicates AC (Alternating Current).
Safety Notes
iv
The following symbols in this manual indicate the relative importance of

cautions and warnings.
DANGER Indicates that incorrect operation presents an extreme hazard that

could result in serious injury or death to the user.
WARNING Indicates that incorrect operation presents a significant hazard that

could result in serious injury or death to the user.
Indicates that incorrect operation presents a possibility of injury to

CAUTION
the user or damage to the product.
Advisory items related to performance or correct operation of the

NOTE
product.
Overvoltage Categories
To ensure safe use of measurement, IEC 60664 establishes safety level
standards for different locations, classified as CAT I through CAT IV, and
called overvoltage categories. These are defined as follows.
CAT : Secondary electrical circuits that are connected to a wall outlet
through a transformer or similar device.
CAT : Primary electrical circuits in equipment connected to a wall outlet via
a power cord (portable tools, household appliances, etc.)
CAT : Primary electrical circuits of heavy equipment (fixed installations)
connected directly to the distribution panel, and feeders between the
distribution panel and outlets.
CAT : The circuit from the service drop to the service entrance, then to the
power meter and to the primary overcurrent protection device.
Higher-numbered categories correspond to electrical environments with

greater momentary energy, so a measurement device designed for CAT III
environments can endure greater momentary energy than a device designed
for CAT II. Use of a lower category product in a higher category environment
could result in a severe accident and must be carefully avoided.

Safety Notes
v
Notes on accuracy
We define measurement tolerances in terms of f.s. (full scale), rdg. (reading)

and dgt. (digit) values, with the following meanings:
f.s. (maximum display value or scale length)

The maximum displayable value or the full length of the scale.
This is usually the maximum value of the currently selected range.
rdg. (reading or displayed value)

The value currently being measured and indicated on the measuring product.
dgt. (resolution)
The smallest displayable unit on a digital measuring product, i.e., the input
value that causes the digital display to show a "1".
Safety Notes
vi
Notes on Use
Follow these precautions to ensure safe operation and to obtain the full
benefits of the various functions.
Installation
CAUTION
This product is designed for indoor use, and operates reliably from 0 to 40.
Do not store or use the product where it could be exposed to direct sunlight,
high temperature or humidity, or condensation. Under such conditions, the
product may be damaged and insulation may deteriorate so that it no longer
meets specifications.
This product is not designed to be entirely water- or dust-proof. To avoid
damage, do not use it in a wet or dusty environment.
Do not use the product near a device that generates a strong
electromagnetic field or electrostatic charge, as these may cause erroneous
measurements.
Do not use the product where it may be exposed to corrosive or combustible
gases. The product may be damaged or cause an explosion.
Before use
WARNING To avoid electric shock, do not allow the product to get wet, and do not
use it when your hands are wet.
To avoid electric shock when measuring live lines, wear appropriate
protective gear, such as insulated rubber gloves, boots and a safety
helmet.
Observe the following points in order to use this equipment safely and most
effectively.
Making power meter connections
WARNING The unit is constructed so as to be connected to a ground line via a

three-core power cord that is supplied with the unit.
To avoid electric shock and ensure safe operation, connect the power
cable to a grounded (3-contact) outlet.

Notes on Use
vii
Voltage of the power supply
WARNING Before turning on the power, make sure that the voltage of the power
supply being used matches the supply voltage indicated on the rear
panel of the unit.
Before turning the product on, make sure the source voltage matches
that indicated on the products power connector. Connection to an
improper supply voltage may damage the product and present an
electrical hazard.
Connecting powermeter
WARNING To avoid electrical accidents, remove power from the circuit before
connecting the voltage cord.
CAUTION
To avoid electric shock and short-circuit accidents, use only the supplied test
leads to connect the product input terminals to the circuit to be tested.
Secondary side connections
DANGER Connect the clamp-on sensors or voltage cords to the product first, and
then to the active lines to be measured. Observe the following to avoid
electric shock and short circuits.
Do not allow the voltage cable clips to touch two wires at the same
time. Never touch the edge of the metal clips.
When the clamp sensor is opened, do not allow the metal part of the
clamp to touch any exposed metal, or to short between two lines, and
do not use over bare conductors.
Clamp sensor should only be connected to the secondary side of a
breaker, so the breaker can prevent an accident if a short circuit occurs.
Connections should never be made to the primary side of a breaker,
because unrestricted current flow could cause a serious accident if a
short circuit occurs.
Notes on Use
viii
Core of cables
CAUTION
To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingor
unplugging any of the interface connectors.
To avoid damaging the probes, do not bend or pull the probes.
Keep in mind that, in some cases, conductors to be measured may be hot.
Keep the cables well away from heat sources, as bare conductors could be
exposed if the insulation melts.
To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnect
a sensor while the power is on.
Unit and accessories
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the product, protect it from vibration or shock during
transport and handling, and be especially careful to avoid dropping.
Be careful to avoid dropping the clamps or otherwise subjecting them to
mechanical shock, which could damage the mating surfaces of the core and
adversely affect measurement.
Do not remove the floppy disk while the drive is operating (the LED on the
floppy drive is on).
Avoid using the printer in hot, humid environments, as this can greatly
reduce printer life.
Use of the 3166
DANGER When connecting clip-type test leads to live terminals, be very careful to
avoid accidentally shorting conductors together and causing a serious
accident.
The maximum rated working voltage is 600 VAC/850 V peak. Attempting
to measure voltage in excess of the maximum rating could destroy the
product and result in personal injury or death.
The maximum rated voltage between input terminals and ground is 600
VAC. Attempting to measure voltages exceeding 600 V with respect to
ground could damage the product and result in personal injury.
CAUTION
Note that the product may be damaged if the applied voltage or current
exceeds the measurement range.
When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltage
input terminal, clamp-on sensor . Doing so may damage the unit.
To avoid damage to the unit, do not input a voltage exceeding the rated
maximum to the external control terminals.
In order to prevent this power meter from being damaged, do not short the
D/A output connector, and do not input voltage to that connector.

Notes on Use
ix
Notes on Using the Power Meter
This power meter uses the calculations indicated in the specifications in

order to determine apparent power (S), power factor (), and calculated
reactive power on the basis of the measured voltage (U), current (I), and
active power. In the 3166, the apparent power (S), power factor (), and
calculated reactive power (Q) are calculated according to formulas indicated
in the specifications, based on the voltage (U), the current (I), and the active
power (P). In addition, when using the active power meter method, the
apparent power (S) and power factor () are derived from the measured
active power (P) and reactive power (Q). The values displayed by this power
meter may differ from those produced by other testers that are based on
different principles of operation or testers that use different calculations.
NOTE
It should be noted that if the measurement line is a three-phase three-wire
line and the waveform is distorted (e.g., on the primary side of the inverter),
the values of reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), and power factor ()
differ from those on a measuring instrument based on a different calculation
formula.
The integrated values produced by this power meter are derived through
software calculations based on the power measurements. The integrated
value may differ from the value produced by a tester that has a different
response speed, sampling rate, or calculation method. In addition, this
power meter is designed specifically to measure alternating current, and
cannot be used to measure lines carrying direct current.
The power factor is calculated for display using the values of active power
and apparent power before zero-suppression. Note that even if the active
power (P) and apparent power (S) on display are zero, the power factor ()
may not be zero.
In order to assure accurate measurements, allow this unit to warm up for at
least 30 minutes before using it. The displayed value is forced to zero for
inputs that are 0.4% or less of the measurement range. (zero suppress
function) Although this power meter has a frequency measurement
function, proper measurement may not be possible in cases where the input
waveform is clearly distorted.
When using external transformers (PT and CT), the phase difference may
introduce a large error into power measurements. For accurate
measurements, use PTs and CTs with as small a phase difference as
possible.
When the voltage or current on the line being measured exceeds the
measurement range of this power meter, use an external PT and CT, and do
not exceed the maximum allowed input. When using a PT and CT, use the
scaling function and take direct readings.
Notes on Using the Power Meter

x
Chapter Summary
The contents of each chapter of this Operation Manual are described below.
The portion of this manual from the Introduction to Chapter 1 explains
numerous cautions that must be read before using this power meter.
Chapter 1 Overviews and Names of Parts

This chapter provides an overview of this product and its features, and
describes the names of each part.
Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen

This chapter explains the basic use of each key, the initial screen, and the
configuration of the screen in general.
Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements

This chapter explains the necessary preparations that must be made before
beginning operation, and describes cautions that need to be observed.
Chapter 4 Wiring Methods

This chapter explains how to select and connect the line being measured, and
how to check for incorrect wiring after the connections have been made.
Chapter 5 Normal Measurement

This chapter explains how to measure instantaneous values and
maximum/minimum values for basic measurements such as voltage current
and power, special settings that need to be made for those measurements, how
to save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measured
results, etc.
Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement

In addition to normal measurements such as instantaneous values, this
chapter explains how to measure integrated values such as active and reactive
power, special settings that need to be made for those measurements, how to
save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measured results,
etc.
Chapter 7 Demand Measurements

This chapter explains the demand measurement method in which data is
processed with integrated measurements repeated at any desired time
interval, and special settings that need to be made for those measurements,
how to save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measured
results, etc.
Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details

This chapter provides an overview of setting methods and also explains
detailed setting methods for test conditions that are common to each mode.

Chapter Summary
xi
Chapter 9 Using the External Control Terminal

This chapter explains how to use external control signals to control the start of
integrated or demand measurement, to control the saving and printing of
measurement data, etc.
Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer

This chapter explains how to connect a printer to the interface connector and
the necessary settings.
Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer

This chapter explains how to connect a computer to the interface connector,
the necessary settings, and a sample program.
Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem

This chapter explains how to connect a modem to the interface connector, the
necessary settings, and a sample program.
Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional)

This chapter explains how to connect the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT in order
to obtain analog output, and the necessary settings.
Chapter 14 Using the Floppy Disk Drive (Optional)

This chapter explains how to connect the optional 9595 FDD Unit in order to
use floppy disks, and provides an overview of how to use the unit.
Chapter 15 Harmonic Wave Analysis Software (Optional)

This chapter provides an overview of how to use the optional 9556 Harmonic
Wave Analysis Software in order to measure harmonic waves.
Chapter 16 Operation If Power Is Lost

This chapter describes the operation of the power meter if power is lost while
taking measurements.
Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service

This chapter discusses the maintenance and disposal of this unit.
Chapter 18 Specifications
This chapter describes the specifications for this power meter, including its
general specifications, measurement ranges, and accuracy.
Appendices
The appendices include a list of error messages, a list of commands, screen
configurations, details on how to pack the unit in its portable case, a glossary
of terms, and other information.
Chapter Summary
xii

Chapter Summary
1
2
Chapter 1
Overview and Names of 3
Parts
4
1.1 Product Overview 6

The 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER is a clamp-type power meter that
can test any type of line ranging from single-phase lines to three-phase four- 7
wire lines.
In addition to being able to handle basic measurements, such as voltage,
current, power, power factor, integrated values, etc., this power meter is also 8
capable of demand measurement, which is important for power management,
and harmonic wave measurement (with optional software).
In addition, because the 3166s many interface functions give it the capability 9
to collect data for extended periods and to automate the measurement process,
this tester is ideal for applications that require the measurement of power at
industrial frequencies, such as power maintenance and management at a
factory.
10
11
12
13
14
1.1 Product Overview

2
1.2 Features
(1) Safe design
The 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER features a safe design that

complies with the IEC61010 safety standard.
(2) Capable of measuring power on all types of power lines
This single power meter is capable of measuring power on all types of power
lines, ranging from single-phase two-wire lines to three-phase four-wire lines.
(3) Incorrect wiring detection capability
The wiring checking screen is used to phase rotate, detect the phase, and to
check for reverse connection of the clamp sensors, in order to avoid wiring
mistakes during measurement.
(4) Simultaneous display of all measured values
The voltage, current, active/reactive/apparent power, power factor, and

frequency can all be displayed simultaneously.
(5) Also capable of reactive power meter method measurement
Reactive power can be measured at the users option by either the reactive
power meter method (using a reactive power meter), or by calculating the
actual value on the basis of the voltage, current, and active power.
(6) Power factor delay/advance discrimination display
The power factor and the reactive power display distinguishes between a
phase delay and a phase advance.
(7) Capable of integrated measurement by polarity
Integrated measurements by polarity, such as active power

consumption/regeneration/addition and reactive power delay/advance/overall,
can be displayed simultaneously.
(8) Capable of demand measurement
If the demand measurement method is used, measurement suited for daily

reporting, weekly, reporting, or monthly reporting is possible.
(9) Equipped with RS-232C interface
An RS-232C interface is standard on the 3166. This interface can be used to

connect the 3166 to a printer, a personal computer, a modem, etc., in order to
automate measurement operations.
(10) Selectable display language
The display can be switched between Japanese and English.

1.2 Features
3
(11) Supports a floppy disk drive 1

By using the 3166 in combination with the optional floppy disk drive, data can
be collected over extended periods for demand measurement, etc.
2
(12) Capable of high-speed D/A output
By adding the optional D/A output connector, the 3166 can provide four
channels of high-speed analog output. 3
(13) Capable of harmonic measurement
By using the optional harmonic analysis software, the 3166 can measure 4
harmonic on power lines.
(14) Compact and lightweight
5
The 3166 is compact and lightweight. In addition, if the optional carrying case
is used, the 3166 can be used to take measurements in the field while still in
its case.
6
10
11
12
13
14
1.2 Features
4
1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part
7 3 4
5
6
1
8
10
9
11
2
Front Panel
1 Display
The 3166 is equipped with a 4.7-inch LCD display with backlight. The
language used on the display can be switched between Japanese and English.
2 Function keys (F1 to F5)

These keys are used to switch the display, select/change settings, etc. (These
keys are represented by the mark mark in the text.)
3 Wiring key (WIRING)

This setting key is used to select the line to be tested.
4 Check key (CHECK)

This key is used to check for incorrect wiring, to check the contents of settings,
and to set the key lock.
5 Voltage range key (U)

This key is used to set the voltage measurement range.
6 Current range key (I)

This key is used to set the current measurement range.

5
7 Print key (PRINT) 1

This key is used to manually print the measured values if there is a printer
connected to the interface connector.
2
8 Save key (SAVE)
This key is used to manually save measured values and setting conditions on
floppy disk if a floppy disk drive unit is connected to the 3166.
3
9 Measurement data reset key (DATA RESET)
This key is used to reset (clear) measurement data for integrated values and
maximum/minimum values.
4
10 Measurement start/stop key (START/STOP)
This key is used to start/stop integrated and demand measurement.
5
11 Cursor key
This key is used to select setting items displayed on the screen, and to change
6
those settings. Pressing on the up, down, left, and right arrow portions of the
cursor key moves the cursor in the corresponding direction
on the screen. 7
* Keys 3 through 11 above are printed in reverse in this manual (white on black).
8
10
11
12
13
14

6
1 2
Side Panel
1 AC power inlet
The power cord connects to this inlet. The 3166 automatically adapts to any
supply voltage ranging from 100 V to 240 V.
2 Power switch (POWER)

This switch turns the power on and off.

7
3 4 5 6
2 1
Connector Section
1 Voltage input connectors (U-INPUT)

Connect the 9438 VOLTAGE CORD provided with this power meter, in
accordance with the line to be tested.
2 Current input connectors (I-INPUT)

Connect the optional 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR in accordance with the
line to be tested, and then lock the connections securely.
3 D/A output connector (D/A OUT)

Connect the 9441 CONNECTION CABLE (for D/A OUTPUT) provided with
this power meter to this D/A output in order to obtain analog output from the
power meter.
4 External control connector (REMOTE)

Connect the optional 9440 CONNECTION CABLE (for External Control) to
this connector in order to control the start/stop of integrated or demand
measurement, printing, and the saving of data to floppy disk.
5 RS-232C interface connector (RS-232C)

This interface connector is used to connect a printer, personal computer or
modem to this power meter.
6 FDD unit connector (FDD)

Connect the optional 9595 FDD UNIT to this connector in order to save
measurement data or save/load settings.

8
1.4 PLL Synchronization
This power meter is capable of accurate measurement because it uses the PLL
synchronization method, in which digital sampling is conducted in
synchronization with the fundamental frequency of the line that is being
measured.
Keep the following points in mind in order to assure the proper use of this
feature.
CAUTION
The fundamental frequency ranges that can be measured are 45 to 66 Hz
and 360 to 440 Hz. Measurement is not possible outside of these ranges.
Frequency-controlled lines, such as the secondary line of an inverter, cannot
be measured.
The displayed value may be unstable due to frequency fluctuations on the
line being measured or due to momentary loss of power.
If PLL synchronization is lost, the 3166 enters the "PLL unlocked" state, and
switches to the fixed clock for measurement. Note that even in this case, the
frequency measurement is displayed in a range from 40 to 500 Hz. The
values obtained during integrated measurement and demand measurement
are measured with the fixed clock in the PLL unlocked state. Once the PLL
synchronization stabilizes and the lock is regained, the power meter recovers
automatically.
* The PLL synchronization is warning displayed during the PLL unlocked.
A measured value may be displayed when the base frequency of the line
being measured is less than 45 Hz, but that measured value is invalid.
If the line being measured is carrying direct current, accurate measurement
is not possible.

1.4 PLL Synchronization
9
2
Chapter 2
Key Operations and the 3
Initial Screen
4
This chapter explains the basic key operations needed in order to take
measurements and describes the initial screen.
6
2.1 Basic Operations

7
Basic operations 8
This power meter is operated by using the three types of keys described below.
9
(1) The cursor key is used to move the cursor in order to select the measurement
mode and to select and change settings. Pressing on the up, down, left, and
right ( ) arrow portions of the cursor key moves the cursor in the 10
corresponding direction on the screen.
11
12
13
Cursor Key
14
A
Example Selecting a measurement mode

10
Press the cursor key and move the cursor on the screen to the desired
measurement mode. When a mode is selected with the cursor, that mode is
highlighted.
Press the EXEC. function key.
Item Selected by the Cursor
(2) The Function keys can be used to directly select one of the options for a
particular setting.
Function Keys
Example Setting/changing an item in setting mode
Press the cursor key and move the cursor on the screen to the desired
selection.
Change the setting by selecting one of the options displayed in the Function
keys. The available options displayed in the Function keys vary according to
the item that is being set.
For some settings that have a large number of available options, a selection
window will open. In this case, use the cursor key to move the cursor on the
screen to the desired option. When a option is selected with the cursor, that
option is highlighted. The EXEC. function key is used for setting.
A window also opens for error messages, etc.

11
4
Function Enter Key
5
(3) Special keys are used for operations such as selecting the wiring method for
the line being measured, setting the voltage/current range, starting/stopping 6
measurement, printing manually, and saving data manually.
8
Special Keys
10
11
Example Changing the wiring method
The wiring method setting changes each time the WIRING key is pressed. 12
1p2w 1p3w 3p3w 3p3w3i 3p4w

13
14
NOTE
When using the 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR (rated AC 100A), operate in the
20A-100A range.
A

12
Example Changing the voltage range
The voltage range setting changes each time the iUi key is pressed.
Out range 150 V 300 V 600 V
Example Changing the current range
The current range setting changes each time the iiI i key is pressed.
Out range 20 A 50 A 100 A 200 A 500 A

13
1
2.2 Screen Configuration
This power meter uses a window system for ease of operation. The screen
2
configuration is basically the same for all modes. Windows open as necessary.
Setting conditions, the current status, and warning messages when errors
occur are also displayed in windows. 3
For details on the organization of all of the screens, including the links
between them, refer to item 5 in the Appendices.
4
Status line
5
Window 6
Screen Display Example 9
10
When using the reactive power meter method
Display hold state
Scaling is set 11
Automatic output is set
FD auto output, RS-232C automatic output
Key lock state 12
PLL unlocked state
Voltage or current is outside of dynamic range
Over-range indication
13
14

14
Execute
FD
Return Next page
Initial screen Execute
Setup Function setup Function
1/2 setup 2/2
Return
Previous page
Return
Execute Execute Execute
Normal Integrated Demand

measurement measurement measurement
Instantaneous
values Screen switching Item changing
Page changing
Instantaneous Values
F1
Minimum/maximum
Minimum/ Integration 1/2
maximum Integration 2/2 11
Return Return Return

Check Check Check
Normal measurem- Wiring diagram Integrated measurem- Demand Measurem-
ent setup screen 1/2 ent setup screen 1/2 Wiring diagram ent setup screen 1/2 Wiring diagram
Previo- Previo- Next Previo- Next
Next
us page Wiring check us page Wiring check us page Wiring check
page page page
Normal measurem- Integrated measurem- Demand measurem-
ent setup screen 2/2 ent setup screen 2/2 ent setup screen 2/2
Instantaneous values
Integrated values
Demand
Daily Report
Weekly Report
Monthly Report
Minimum/maximum, Integration 1/2, Integration 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Demand 1/2, Demand 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Daily Report 1/2, Daily Report 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Weekly Report 1/2, Weekly Report 2/2
11 Minimum/maximum, Monthly Report 1/2, Monthly Report 2/2
Screen Configuration

15
2.3 Initial Screen
There are six modes available on the initial screen.
Initial Screen
(1) "Normal Measurement" mode
This mode is used to take instantaneous measurements of voltage, current, or

power, and to print out the measured values or save them to floppy disk.
(2) "Integrated Measurement" mode
This mode is used to take integrated power measurements.
(3) "Demand Measurement" mode
This mode is used to continuously take integrated power measurements for

each demand time period (a set time interval).
(4) "Harmonic Measurement" mode (Requires the 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS

SOFTWARE, available separately.)
This mode is used to perform harmonic analysis on instantaneous

measurements of voltage, current, or power.
(5) "Setting" mode
This mode is used to set measurement conditions that are common to all of
the measurement modes. Note that these settings can be changed on the
setting screen for all of the measurement modes.
2.3 Initial Screen

16
(6) "FD" (Floppy Disk) mode (Requires the 9595 FDD UNIT, available separately.)
This mode is used to load setting conditions and measured values that were
previously saved on floppy disk, to perform file operations, etc.
For details on measurement modes 1 to 4, refer to chapters 5 through 7 and

15, respectively. For details on the "setting" mode, refer to chapter 8. For
details on the "floppy disk" mode, refer to chapter 14.

2.3 Initial Screen
17
2
Chapter 3
Before Taking 3
Measurements
4
This chapter explains how to connect the voltage cords, the clamp on sensor,
and the power cord, how to turn on the power, and how to execute the self-
6
test.
CAUTION
This product should be installed and operated indoors only, between 0 and 40 7
and 80% RH or less.
8
NOTE
Before using the unit, make sure that the sheathing on the 9438, 9291, or
9298 are not damaged and that no bare wire are exposed. If there is damage,
using the unit could cause electric shock. Contact your dealer or HIOKI 9
representative.
10
11
12
13
14
18
3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure
A flow chart of the basic operating procedure for this power meter is shown
below.
Connect voltage cords to the power meter
Connect clamp on sensors to the power meter
Connect power cord to the power meter
Turn on power
Confirm results of self-check

19
1
3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords
Use only the 9438 VOLTAGE CORDS provided with the unit for
2
measurement. The set of 9438 VOLTAGE CORDS provided with this power
meter consists of one black cord, red cord, yellow cord, and blue cord. Connect
the proper number of cords, depending on the type of line being measured. 3
DANGER Voltage input connectors 1 to 3 are common for input connector N, each 4
input connectors are not insulated.
Do not connect the unnecessary number of cords.
5
For safety reasons, the diameter of the voltage input connectors on the
CAUTION
power meter is designed to be slightly smaller than the metal plugs on the
6
voltage cords. Although the fit is slightly snug when plugging in these cords,
be certain to insert the plug all of the way.
Although the voltage cords are normally plugged directly into the voltage 7
input connectors on the power meter, use the voltage cord locks that are
provided if it is necessary to assure that the voltage cords do not come
unplugged accidentally. These cord locks are also designed to fit snugly for 8
safety reasons.
9
(1) Connecting the voltage cords
1. Connect the number of voltage cords that are required in order to measure the
10
line in question to the voltage input connectors on the power meter. Plug each
voltage cord into its corresponding numbered voltage input connector. Each
connector number is color coded. Be certain to plug each cord all of the way
11
into its connector.
12
13
14

20
Voltage Cord Connections
Line being measured Input voltage connectors used (color code) Voltage cord used
Single-phase, N connector (black) Black cord
two-wire No. 1 connector (red) Red cord
N connector (black) Black cord
Single-phase,
No. 1 connector (red) Red cord
three-wire
No. 2 connector (yellow) Yellow cord
Three-phase,
No. 1 connector (red) Red cord
three-wire
No. 2 connector (yellow) Yellow cord
Three-phase, No. 1 connector (red) Red cord

four-wire No. 2 connector (yellow) Yellow cord
No. 3 connector (blue) Blue cord
2. When disconnecting a voltage cord, grasp both the voltage cord plug and the
power meter, and pull the plug out.
(2) When using the voltage cord locks
1. Install voltage cord locks for each of the voltage cords required for the type of
line being measured.

21
1
9438 VOLTAGE CORD
2
Voltage cord lock
3
Voltage Cord Lock Installation

5
2. Connect the voltage cords to the voltage input connectors on the power meter
in the same manner as described in step 1 n the previous section. Plug each
6
voltage cord into its corresponding numbered voltage input connector. Each
connector number is color coded. (Be certain to plug each cord all of the way
into its connector until the voltage cord lock locks.) 7
3. When disconnecting a voltage cord, squeeze the tabs on both sides of the
voltage cord lock to release the lock and then pull out the plug.
8
Whenever you are connecting or disconnecting the voltage cords, be certain to
NOTE
grasp the plug, not the cord.
9
10
11
12
13
14

22
3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors
Use Hiokis 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR with this power meter.
(1) Connect only the number of clamp on sensors needed for the type of line being
measured.
(2) Align the clamp on sensor connector with the connector guide notch on the
current input connector. While pushing the connector in, turn it to the right
to lock it.
Connecting the Clamp on Sensors
Line being measured Current input connector used (color code)

Single-phase,
No. 1 connector (red connector)
two-wire measurement
Single-phase, No. 1 connector (red connector)
three-wire measurement No. 2 connector (yellow connector)
Three-phase, three-wire, No. 1 connector (red connector)

two-current measurement No. 2 connector (yellow connector)
Three-phase, three-wire,
No. 2 connector (yellow connector)
three-current measurement
No. 3 connector (blue connector)
Three-phase, four-wire
No. 2 connector (yellow connector)
measurement
No. 3 connector (blue connector)

23
To disconnect the sensor connector, turn it to the left to release the lock and
then pull it out.
Current connector
Disconnect the Sensor Connector
CAUTION
A plastic BNC connector is used for the clamp on sensor connector. When
disconnecting a BNC connector, be sure to release the lock first, then hold
the connector and pull carefully. Using force to pull the connector without
releasing the lock, or pulling on the cable instead of the connector may
damage the connector.
Do not apply current to the clamp on sensor while the clamp on sensor is not
connected to the power meter. Furthermore, do not disconnect the clamp on
sensor from the 3166 while in the process of measuring current.

24
3.4 Turning On the Power
WARNING To avoid electric shock and ensure safe operation, connect the power
cable to a grounded (3-contact) outlet.
Before turning the product on, make sure the source voltage matches
that indicated on the products power connector. Connection to an
improper supply voltage may damage the product and present an
electrical hazard.
CAUTION
input terminal, clamp on sensor. Doing so may damage the unit.
(1) First, connect the power cord. Use the power cord provided with the power
meter.
1. Turn the power switch that is located on the back of the case to the "OFF"
position.
Turning Off the Power
2. Connect the power cord to the AC power inlet.

The 3166 can handle a supply voltage ranging from 100 V to 240 V (50/60 Hz).
Power Supply Inlet
(2) Next, turn on the power.

25
1. Turn the power switch to the "ON" position.

2. As soon as the power is turned on, the power meter executes a self-test, and
displays the title screen.
The title screen displaysthe product model number, the version number, and
the installed optional units .
After the self-test is completed, the "Initial" screen is displayed. However, if
the power switch was turned off in one of the measurement modes, the screen
for that measurement mode is displayed.
Self-test Screen
3. Set the display language.

When the power meter is shipped from the factory, "Japanese" is set as the
display language.
To set the display to "English," press the ENGLISH function key.
NOTE
When a system reset is executed, "Japanese" is set as the display language.
Turn on the power with pressing the DATA RESET key, a system reset is
executed.
(Continue pressing the DATA RESET key until beep.)
4. Allow the power meter to warm up for at least 30 minutes.
NOTE
If it is difficult to read the display after turning on the power, press the F1 or
F2 key with pressing the cursor key to adjust the contrast.

26
3.5 Self-test
(1) The 3166 has a backup function that stores settings and measured values
from the last time the unit was used. To begin new measurements, confirm
the settings and then execute a data reset.
(2) If an error is generated during the self-test, perform a system reset, restoring
all of the settings to their initial factory settings. The minimum/maximum
values and integrated measurement values are also initialized to "0".

3.5 Self-test
27
3.6 Attaching the Stand
A stand is included with the 3166 in order to tilt the unit upwards so that it is
easier to view the screen when the unit is to be used on a desktop. Use the
stand when needed.
Using a Stand
Reference If the 9595 FDD UNIT is to be connected, the stand cannot be used, so remove
the stand before attempting to connect the floppy disk drive.
(1) Attaching the stand
1. Attach the two stand holders to the back of the 3166s case, using the four
screws provided. Make sure that the holders are facing the right way when
you attach them.
2. Compress the stand bracket and slide it into the holes in the stand holders.
3. The stand bracket locks into place at a right angle to the 3166 and is ready for
use.
Stand holder
Attaching the Stand

28
(2) Removing the stand
1. Compress the stand bracket and slide it out of the holes in the stand holders.
2. Remove the four screws holding the stand holders in place. Be careful not to
accidentally remove any other screws.
3. Store the stand components together in a safe place for future use.

29
2
Chapter 4 3
Wiring Methods
4
4.1 Before Measurement 6

This chapter explains how to wire the power meter to the line being measured,
and how to check for incorrect wiring. 7
DANGER This unit cannot be used on voltage lines of 600 Vrms. If the voltage 8
exceeds 600 VAC, there will be a short-circuit accident or electrocution
accident will result.
9
CAUTION
Avoid stepping on or pinching the cable, which could damage the cable
insulation.
10
11
12
13
14
4.1 Before Measurement

30
4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring

When connecting the power meter to a live line, be sure to observe the
following warnings.
DANGER Clamp sensor should only be connected to the secondary side of a

breaker, so the breaker can prevent an accident if a short circuit occurs.
Connections should never be made to the primary side of a breaker,
because unrestricted current flow could cause a serious accident if a
short circuit occurs.
If the secondary circuit is accidentally opened while power is flowing to
the CT, extremely high voltage will be generated at the connector on the
secondary side, which could damage the insulation and create a highly
dangerous condition. Although this power meter can take
measurements through the clamp on sensors without opening the
secondary side, whenever you are connecting another meter, be certain
to short the secondary side before connecting that meter.
Connect the clamp-on sensors or voltage cords to the product first, and
then to the active lines to be measured. Observe the following to avoid
electric shock and short circuits.
Do not allow the voltage cable clips to touch two wires at the same
time. Never touch the edge of the metal clips.
When the clamp sensor is opened, do not allow the metal part of the
clamp to touch any exposed metal, or to short between
Voltage input connectors 1 to 3 are common for input connector N, each
input connectors are not insulated.
Do not connect the unnecessary number of cords.
WARNING To avoid electric shock when measuring live lines, wear appropriate
protective gear, such as insulated rubber gloves, boots and a safety
helmet.
CAUTION
In order to prevent electric shock and short-circuit accidents, use the
supplied voltage input cables to connect the line to be measured to the
voltage input terminals.
input terminal, clamp on sensor. Doing so may damage the unit.

4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring
31
1
2
Select the "Setting" mode on the "Initial" screen
3
Set the frequency of the line being measured
4
Return to the "Initial" screen, and select the target measurement mode
5
Set the wiring that is suited for the line being measured
6
Press the CHECK key so that the "wiring" diagram screen is displayed
7
Wire the power meter to the line being measured according to the wiring diagram
8
Press the EXEC. key and check for incorrect wiring
9
If incorrect wiring is detected, correct it as instructed

10
Confirm that all wiring has been completed correctly

11
12
13
14

32
4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods

(1) Measurement mode selection
The following example will assume that "Normal Measurement" is to be
selected.
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Normal Measurement."

The selected item is highlighted.
Item Selected with the Cursor
2. Press the EXEC. function key.

3. The "Measurement Value" screen is displayed.
To return to the initial screen, press the RET. key.
4. Press the WIRING key, and set the wiring that is suited for the line being
measured. The wiring setting display is displayed in alternation, press the
WIRING key every one time.
Wiring Setting Display

Single-phase, two-wire setting 1p2w
Single-phase, three-wire setting 1p3w
Three-phase, three-wire, two-current setting 3p3w
Three-phase, three-wire, three-current setting 3p3w3i
Three-phase, four-wire setting 3p4w
(2) Wiring diagram display and wiring
1. Press the CHECK key.

2. The "Check" window is displayed.

33
Check Window 5
3. Position the cursor on "Move to Wiring."

6
5. The "Wiring Check" screen is displayed.
The wiring settings and the wiring diagram are displayed on the screen.
7
1
Red 8
Black
N
9
Power Load
supply
10
11
Wiring Diagram Display Wiring Diagram (Single-phase, Two-wire)
(Single-phase, Two-wire) 12
13
14

34
1
Red
N
Yellow
2
Power Load
supply Black
Wiring Diagram Display Wiring Diagram (Single-phase, Three-wire)

(Single-phase, Three-wire)
1
Red
2
Yellow
3
Black
Power Load
supply
Wiring Diagram Display (Three-phase,

Three-wire, Two-current Measurement) Wiring Diagram (Three-phase,
Three-wire, Two-current Measurement)

35
Red
1
2
Yellow
3
Black
Power Load
supply
Wiring Diagram Display (Three-phase, Wiring Diagram (Three-phase,

Three-wire, Three-current Measurement) Three-wire, Three-current Measurement)
Red
1
Yellow
2
Blue
3
Black
N
Power Load
supply
Wiring Diagram Display Wiring Diagram (Three-phase, Four-wire)

(Three-phase, Four-wire)
NOTE
In order to take accurate measurements, it is essential that the wiring setting
and the actual wiring be correct.
Make the wiring settings before pressing the CHECK key.
CAUTION
Although this power meter can by itself measure lines ranging from single-
phase, two-wire lines to three-phase, four-wire lines, the channels are not
independent of each other, so this power meter can not be used as three
single-phase power meters.
When measuring a three-phase line, connect the wiring so that the phase
sequence of the line being measured matches the phase sequence of the
measurement channels of the 3166.

36
6. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line being measured as
indicated in the wiring diagram.
Securely clip the voltage cords onto a metallic portion of the electrical wire
from which the voltage can be read.
Clamp the clamp on sensors onto the sheathing of the electrical wire with the
arrow on the clamp pointing towards the load in accordance with the voltage
channel.
Load
Line being measured
Power supply
Arrow
Direction of the Clamp on Sensor
NOTE
With the 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR, the mark " " is used. When clamping,
direct the arrowhead toward the load.
7. After the wiring is completed, perform the incorrect wiring check.

Press the RET. function key to return to the measurement screen.
NOTE
If the CHECK key is pressed while the "Instantaneous Value" screen is
displayed and the display returns to the "Wiring Check" screen, the current
minimum and maximum values is retained, but if the EXEC. function key is
pressed, the data gathered up to that point is cleared.

37
4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring
CAUTION
Execute this function as needed.
Incorrect wiring will not be detected properly on special types of lines, such
as lines carrying power flows or lines that are used both to power machinery
and lighting equipment.
Even if the sampling method is PLL sync, always set the frequency of the
line being measured on the setting screen. (If settings are not made, a
incorrect wiring will not be detected properly.)
NOTE
Cannot be executed during integrated or demand measurement (including
while the 3166 is in standby), or while there is any measurement data in
memory. Perform a data reset first, and then execute.
During the check for incorrect wiring, the voltage and current ranges are both
set to "fixed" range.
When measuring a three-phase, three-wire, three-current (3p3w3i), the third
channel of clamp on sensor reversed connection will not be detected.
A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrect
wiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the power
factor is close to zero. On the Instantaneous Value screen, check the displayed
value for abnormality.
(1) Operating procedure
1. On the "Wiring Check" screen, press the EXEC. function key.

The "Checking Item" window is displayed and the items are checked in
sequence automatically.
The checking items are automatically selected from among the following,
according to the wiring setting.
Voltage input present or not

Voltage input level imbalance (for settings other than single-phase, two-
wire)
Discrimination between single-phase, three-wire line and three-phase,
three-wire line (for single-phase, three-wire setting and three-phase, three-
wire setting)
Phase sequence check (for three-phase settings)
Current input present or not
Clamp on sensor reversed connection
While the checking operation is in progress, the message "Checking" is

displayed on the screen. The results of each check are displayed as "" (no
incorrect wiring found) and "" (incorrect wiring found).

38
2. If the checking operation ends with the results for all of the items being
"", the "End" screen is displayed.
End Screen
3. Press the END function key.

4. The check is completed and the "Wiring Check" window is displayed.
5. Press the YES key.
6. The display returns to the "Measurement Value" screen.
(2) Operation if incorrect wiring was found
An "" is displayed in the field for the item where the incorrect wiring was
found, and the checking operation stops temporarily. The keys that are
available in order to take action in response are displayed in the function
section.
When Incorrect Wiring Was Found
Pressing the RESTART key in order to start the checking operation from the
beginning.
Pressing the ERROR key to displays a description of the wiring error in the
"Description" window.
Pressing the ITEM key displays the incorrect wiring check items and the
results of the check.
Pressing the LINE FIG key to display the wiring diagram screen.
Pressing the END key causes the "Check" window to be displayed, asking
whether or not to stop the checking operation.

39
1. Press the ERROR key.

2. When the "Description" window is displayed, check the details of the wiring
mistake. To return to the "Checking Item" window, press the ITEM key.
Explanation Window
3. Correct the connection that is in error.

To view the wiring diagram, press the LINE FIG key.
If the ERROR key or the ITEM key is pressed while the wiring diagram screen
is displayed, the display returns to either the "Description" window or the
"Checking Item" window.
4. Press the RESTART key.
Automatic checking begins again from the start of the checking items.
5. If incorrect wiring is found again, repeat steps 1 through 3 until the result for
all checking items is "".
6. Press the END key.
7. The "Check" window is displayed, asking whether or not to halt the wiring
check.
8. Press the YES key,and the display returns to the "Measurement" screen.
(3) Operation in order to halt the wiring checking operation while it is in progress
1. Press the END key.

2. The "Check" window appears, asking whether or not to stop the checking
operation.
3. Press the YES key.
4. The wiring checking operation ends, and the display returns to the
"Measurement" screen.
If the NO key was pressed, the wiring checking operation would continue.

40
4.6 Measuring Ranges

The voltage and current ranges current ranges are set by using special voltage
and range keys. The setting can be set either automatically (auto-range
function) or manually. The display ranges and the valid measurement ranges
(the range over which accuracy is guaranteed) for the measurement ranges are
as shown below.
Range
Auto-range operation
Increases to the next higher range
Decreases to the next lower range
Display range
Valid measurement
range
*Auto-range threshold value
Input voltage
Voltage Ranges
Range
Auto-range operation
Increases to the next
higher range
Decreases to the next lower
range
Display range
Valid measurement
range
*Auto-range threshold value
Input current
Current Ranges

41
NOTE Dynamic range overflow

This is displayed if, while a waveform is being input (A/D conversion), the
input goes outside of the range defined by the minimum and maximum values.
If this occurs, change the range settings to accommodate the input. However,
detected minimum/maximum values are displayed and held for all measured
values (even if they exceed 130%f.s. of the range in question) aside from
values outside of the dynamic range.
Display:
Over range
The measured values that are displayed for each voltage, current and power
range can range from 0.4%f.s. to 130%f.s. The "Over range" message is
displayed when the measurement value of the input signal exceeds 130%f.s.
In this event, change the range setting so that it can accommodate the input.
Display:

42

43
2
Chapter 5
Normal Measurement 3
5
In "Normal Measurement" mode, it is possible to measure instantaneous
values for voltage, current, power, etc., and to measure the minimum and
maximum instantaneous values.
When taking integrated power measurements or demand measurements,
6
select either "Integrated Measurement" mode or "Demand" mode.
This chapter explains the necessary settings for normal measurement; how to
display instantaneous values, minimum and maximum values, and the time at 7
which they were generated; how to save data to floppy disk; and how to print
data on the printer.
8
10
11
12
13
14
44
5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode
The following measurement display functions and data processing functions

can be used in normal measurement mode.
Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations"

for details on the items that are displayed.)
(1) Instantaneous value display
(2) Instantaneous value minimum/maximum display (including display of the time
at which the minimum/maximum value was generated)
Data processing
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed manually.
(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy disk
manually.
(3) When the D/A output connector is installed: Measured values can be converted
from digital to analog signals and output (for analog recording).
External control
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under the
control of external control signals.
under the control of external control signals.

5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode
45
1
2
Select "Normal Measurement" from the initial screen
(Refer to section 4.4,

3
Wire the power meter to the line being measured
"Wiring Settings and Methods.")

4
Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no
wiring errors "Checking for Incorrect Wiring.")
5
Return to the "Measurement" screen
6
Check the settings
7
Measure
10
11
12
13
14

46
5.3 Preparations for Measurement
5.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking the Basic

Setting Conditions
(1) Selecting "Normal Measurement Mode"
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Normal Measurement."
3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous value
measurement begins automatically.
Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen
(2) Wiring the power meter to the line being measured
WARNING Before wiring the power meter, read chapter 4, "Wiring Methods," very
thoroughly, and then proceed, being careful to avoid electrocution.
The wiring setting and wiring diagram suited for the line being measured are
displayed. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line being
measured as indicated in the wiring diagram.
NOTE
When measuring a three-phase line, match the phase sequence of the lines
that are to be measured with the measuring channel numbers of the power
meter.
(3) Checking for incorrect wiring

Perform incorrect wiring checks as necessary. (Refer to section 4.5, "Checking
for Incorrect Wiring.")

47
(4) Checking the basic setting conditions 1

The basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,
source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of the
measurement screen. 2
If this settings necessary, the setting can be changed on "Normal
Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).
3
Display of Basic Settings

7
5.3.2 Confirming Settings
8
Confirm the setting items that are required for normal measurement mode.
1. Press the CHECK key. 9

3. Position the cursor on "Move to Setup" and then press the EXEC. function key.
4. The "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.
10
The settings for the functions that can be used in normal measurement mode
(print/save items, file names, D/A output items) can be confirmed on this
screen. 11
12
13
14
Normal Measurement Setting Screen A

(page 1/2)

48
5. Press the NEXT function key.

6. The "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed.
The settings necessary for measurement are displayed and can be confirmed
on this screen.
Normal Measurement Setting Screen

(page 2/2)
7. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "Normal
Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function key
returns the display to the "Measurement" screen.
For details on how to change the settings, refer to section 5.5, "Changing the
Settings."

49
5.4 Taking Measurements
5.4.1 Displaying Instantaneous Values
Screen configuration in "Normal Measurement" mode
"Normal Measurement" mode uses two screens:
Minimum/maximum values
1. Because INSTANT and MIN./MAX. are displayed in alternation for the function
keys, press the "Instantaneous Value" key.
2. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement of
instantaneous values starts immediately.
3. Press the DATA RESET key.

All saved data on the minimum/maximum instantaneous values, and the
times at which those values were generated, is cleared (deleted), and replaced
with new data. Press this key to clear the previous data.
NOTE
The relationship between the minimum and maximum values is shown in the
following chart. However, if the data reset is not executed, earlier data is also
displayed.

50
Maximum value Maximum value
Minimum value
Minimum value
Change in
instantaneous values
Elapsed time
DATA RESET Present
Minimum/Maximum Values During Normal Measurement
4. The items that can be measured (in accordance with the wiring setting) are
displayed on the screen.
(1) Holding the display of measured values

1. Press the HOLD function key.
2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To release
the display, press the HOLD key again.
Display Hold
NOTE
Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to record
measurements internally.
The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To
activate the key lock condition, press the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" to
ON in the "Check" window. To cancel the key lock condition, press the CHECK
key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.
(2) Leaving "Normal Measurement" mode

1. Press the RET. function key.
2. The "Initial" screen is displayed.

51
5.4.2 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values
NOTE
On minimum/maximum values
This power meter uses two cycles as one sample and takes measurements by
continuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing the
waveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the display
update rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the minimum and
maximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and maximum values
in all of the sample values that are being continuously measured.
Therefore, even transient input waveforms generated by a power spike, for

example, will be correctly detected.
1. With the "Instantaneous Value" screen displayed, press the MIN./MAX. function
key.
2. The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.
Minimum/Maximum Screen
3.If the INSTANT function key is pressed, the display returns to the
"Instantaneous Value" screen.
Displaying the time at which minimum and maximum values were

generated
1. With the minimum/maximum screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR function
key.
2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.

52
Data reset generation date and time
Minimum value generation date and time
Maximum value generation date and time
Minimum/Maximum Value Generation Time Window

3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see the
generation time.
4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.
5. If the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closes
and the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum" screen.
NOTE
"Over range" is defined to mean that the measured value exceeded 130% of
the voltage or current range, and is indicated by "o.r." (exit minimum and
maximum value)
Although the over range indication is made when the measured power exceeds
130% of the rated range, if the voltage and current measurements both exceed
130% of their respective ranges but the power measurement does not, the
measured power value is displayed.
5.4.3 Printing Measured Values on the Printer
1. While the measurement screen is displayed, press the PRINT key.

2. The "measurement values" and "time" that were selected as the print/save
items are printed.
Nothing is selected for the initial setting for the print/save value when the
power meter is shipped from the factory. For details on how to change the
items that are to be printed, refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."
NOTE
Different "print/save items" are set for each measurement mode.
Before printing, make sure that the setting for the device connected to the
"RS-232C interface" is "printer," and connect the printer to the power meter.
(Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")

53
5.4.4 Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk
1. While the measurement screen is displayed, press the SAVE key.

2. The "time" and the "measurement values" that were selected as the "
print/save items" are saved under a file name that is assigned automatically.
Nothing is selected for the initial setting for the "print/save value" when the
power meter is shipped from the factory. For details on how to change the
items that are to be saved, refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items" and
section 5.5.2, "File Names."
NOTE
In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD
UNIT must already be connected to the 3166.

54
5.5 Changing the Settings
The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initial
settings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).
To display the normal setting screen, press the CHECK key in the
normal measurement mode, and move the cursor to the "Move to
Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC. function key.
Items that can be changed when the "Normal Measurement Settings"

screen (page 1/2) is displayed
5.5.1 Print/Save Items

These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or saved
on floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible to
set items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.
Setting range: Set for 9 blocks
* All items are "OFF" (selected).
VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave
Instantaneous
CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave
values
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3 VoltageU1, U2, U3

Maximum Minimum
CurrentI1, I2, I3 CurrentI1, I2, I3
values values
PowerP, Q, S, , PowerP, Q, S, ,
* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which
the minimum/maximum was generated.
(1) Position the cursor on an item that is to be set

1. If the cursor is positioned on "All (ALL)", all items can be changed at one time.
2. If the cursor is positioned on "Voltage (VOLT)" and "Instantaneous values
(INST.)", the settings in the vertical column and horizontal row can be
changed at one time.
Print/Save Item Settings
(2) Press the ON , OFF function keys to set each block

55
Example Setting only the maximum values for voltage, current, and power for
printing
Position the cursor on "All (ALL)" in order to set all of the settings to "OFF."
Press the OFF function key.
All setting items are now displayed as "OFF."
This is the initial setting.
Position the cursor on "Maximum values (MAX)."
Press the ON function key.
The settings for the voltage, current, and power in the maximum values
column are all displayed as "ON."
If no other items are to be set, press the RET. function key to return to the
measurement screen.
5.5.2 File Names

This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.
The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, the
measurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurement
data was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.
Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics, katakana)

or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).
* No file name is set when the power meter is shipped from the
factory.
File Name Setting
(1) Setting the file name for the first time

1. Move the cursor to the file name item.
2. Press the CHANGE function key.
3. The "Text Input" window is displayed.
The input cursor is displayed at the first character in the input field, and the
selection cursor is displayed in the normal-width character selection area.
Up to eight normal-width or four double-width characters can be input. Both
types can be used together.
Alphanumerics and katakana can be used for the normal-width characters,
and kanji, hiragana, and katakana can be used for the double-width
characters. JIS level 1 kanji can be used.

56
Input field
Nornal-width selection field
Double-width selection field
Text Input Window
4. Function key operation
INPUTkey: Writes the selected character to the input field. (Valid only when
the cursor is in the normal-width or double-width character
selection area.)
Once the character is input, the input cursor automatically moves
to the next character.
BS key: Move the input cursor back one character from its current position.
(Normally valid.) This key is used to delete a character that was
input.
CHANGE key: Switches the cursor between the input field, the normal-
width character selection area, and the double-width
character selection area.
ENTER key: Registers the file name that was input as the new file name, and
returns the display to the "Setting" screen.
Example Input "MODELA1" for the file name
Using the cursor key, move the selection cursor to the "M" in the normal-width
character selection area.
Press the INPUT function key. An "M" appears in the input field.
Move the selection cursor to "O" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "D" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "E" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "L" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "A" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "1" and press the INPUT key.
The name "MODELA1" is now displayed in the input field.
Press the ENTER function key. The "Text Input" window closes, and
"MODELA1" is set as the file name and is displayed in the "File Name" field
in the "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).

57
Text Input
(2) Partially changing the file name from "MODELA1" to "MODELA3"

1. Press the CHANGE function key to open the "Text Input" window.
2. Press the CHANGE function key twice to move the selection cursor to the input
field and then position the input cursor in the space after the "1" in
"MODELA1".
3. Press the BS function key, deleting the character "1".
4. Press the CHANGE function key, move the selection cursor to the normal-width
character selection area and position it on the character "3".
5. Press the INPUT function key.
Confirm that the input field has been changed to "MODELA3".
6. Press the ENTER function key.
7. The "Text Input" window closes, and "MODELA3" is set as the file name and
is displayed in the "File Name" field.
(3) Closing the just-opened "Text Input" window without changing the file name
1. Press the ENTER function key.
2. The same file name as before is set and is displayed in the "File Name" field.
NOTE
When performing normal measurement, if any settings other than "D/A
output items," "backlight," "contrast," or "buzzer" are changed but anew file
name is not set, the data is saved under a file name that is generated
automatically.
If no file name is set, a file named "AUTOXXX" is generated automatically
and the setting conditions are saved in that file.
"XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallest
number that is still available.
Up to eight normal-width (alphanumerics and katakana) or four double-width
characters (kanji, hiragana, and katakana) can be used in file names. JIS
level 1 kanji can be used.
Although measurement data that has been saved can be output directly to a
printer.
UNIT must be connected to the power meter.

58
5.5.3 D/A Output Items

Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.
The output voltage is DC5 V/f.s.
* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:
Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3,Uave), current (I1, I2, I3,Iave), active
power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power factor
(),and frequency (f)
D/A Output Item Settings
Example Setting the frequency (f) for output channel ch2:

Assume that the current settings are the factory settings: ch1:U1, ch2:I1,
ch3:P, ch4:().
Position the cursor at "ch2" for "D/A output items".

Press the CHANGE function key.
The "Output Items" window appears.
Pressing the CLOSE key returns the display to the "Normal Measurement
Settings" screen (page 1/2).
Position the cursor at "f" (frequency).
Press the ENTER function key.
The "Output Items" window closes, and "f" is set and is displayed in the "ch2"
field on the "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).
D/A Output Items Setting Window
NOTE
Regarding the output response, during measurement at 50/60 Hz, the output
is updated every two cycles (50 Hz: approximately 40 ms; 60 Hz:
approximately 34 ms); during measurement at 400Hz, the output is updated
every 16 cycles (approximately 40ms).
When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed
in the power meter.

59
5.5.4 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)

Items that can be changed when the "Normal Measurement Settings"
If the NEXT function key is pressed, the "Normal Measurement Settings"

NOTE
Items that are set on the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) can
be set or changed in the setting mode. For details on how to make these
settings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."
(1) Reactive power measurement method

(2) Sampling method
(3) PLL sync/frequency source
(4) Frequency of the line being measured
(5) Display averaging times
(6) PT
(7) CT
(8) Backlight
(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep

60
5.6 Printing Out the Settings
Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Normal
Measurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power
meter settings to be printed out.
In addition to the items that were set in "Normal Measurement" mode, the
special settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.
This function can also be executed in the same manner from the setting
screens for the setting mode and for each measurement mode.
NOTE
Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS-
232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meters RS-232C
connector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")
If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,
nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.

61
5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk
Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Normal
meter settings to be saved to floppy disk.
In addition to the items that were set in "Normal Measurement" mode, the
special settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.
screens for the setting mode and for each measurement mode.
1. Press the SAVE key.

2. The setting conditions are saved to floppy disk in a file named "SETXXX".
Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer to
section 14.7.2, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")
NOTE
A file named "SETXXX" is generated automatically and the setting conditions
are saved in that file.
"XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the
smallest number that is still available.
Changing file names as necessary makes it easier to identify the contents
saved in each file. File names can be changed in FD mode.

62

63
2
Chapter 6
Integrated Measurement 3
5
In "Integrated Measurement" mode, in addition to being able to measure
instantaneous values for voltage, current, power, etc., and to measure the
minimum and maximum instantaneous values, integrated power
measurements are also possible.
6
When taking demand measurements, select "Demand" mode.
This chapter explains the necessary settings for integrated measurement, how
to display various measured values, and how to save data to floppy disk or 7
print it on the printer.
8
Reference If "Integrated Measurement" mode is used, the measurements taken in
"Normal Measurement" mode are included as well. It is also possible to
take integrated measurements, adding the measurements to the 9
integrated values from previous measurements.
10
6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode
11
can be used in integrated measurement mode.
Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations" 12

(1) Instantaneous value display
13
(2) Instantaneous value minimum/maximum display (including display of the time
at which the minimum/maximum value was generated)
(3) Integrated value display 14
1. Integrated value display screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration
consumption and average value)
2. Integrated value display screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power A
integration, such as power consumption/regeneration)

64
Data processing
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed automatically or
manually.
automatically or manually.
External control
(1) Integration can be started/stopped under the control of external control
signals.
(2) Integrated value data can be reset under the control of external control
signals.
control of external control signals.
under the control of external control signals.

65
1
2
Select "Integrated Measurement" from the initial screen

3

4
Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no
5
Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen
6
Check the settings
7
Make special settings needed for integrated measurement,
such as integration start/stop and the integration time
8
9
Press the START/STOP key to start integrated
measurement 10
11
12
13
14

66

Setting Conditions
(1) Selecting "Integrated Measurement Mode"
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Integrated Measurement."
3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous value
NOTE
Integrated measurement has not started yet.
(2) Wiring the power meter to the line being measured
measured as indicated in the wiring diagram.
NOTE
meter.

67
(3) Checking for incorrect wiring 1

NOTE
2
factor is close to zero.
3
(4) Checking the basic setting conditions
source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of the 4
measurement screen.
If this setting necessary, the setting can be changed on the "Integrated
Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2). 5
Display of Basic Settings 9
10
6.3.2 Special Settings for Integrated Measurement
Before starting the measurement process, open the integrated measurement
setting screen and make settings for the start/stop of integration, the
11
integration time, measurement data processing, etc.
For details on the setting methods, refer to section 6.5, "Changing Settings."
12
(1) Opening the integrated measurement settings screen
13
2. The "Check" screen is displayed.
4. The " Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed. 14

68
Integrated Measurement Settings Screen

page 1/2
(2) Necessary settings for integrated measurement

1. Integration start method
2. Start time
3. Integration stop method
4. Stop time
(3) Setting the functions that can be used

1. Output interval time
2. Print/Save items
3. FD auto output
4. File name
5. RS-232C automatic output
6. D/A output Items
7. Integrated output rate
(4) Basic settings screen

2. The "Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed. The
basic settings required for measurement are displayed on this screen, and can
be set and checked on this screen as well.
Note that the settings on this screen are common to both "Normal
Measurement" mode and "Demand Measurement" mode.
3. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "Integrated
returns the display to the "Measurement" screen.

69
Integrated Measurement Settings Screen

page 2/2
Preparations for measurement are now complete.
NOTE
The settings cannot be changed during measurement (including while the
3166 is in the standby state), while there is measurement data in memory, or
while measured values are being held. After measurement has been
completed, however, the print/save items (only) can be changed. In this case,
additional integration is not longer possible.

70
6.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range

(1) Clearing measurement data
Before beginning integrated measurement, press the DATA RESET key to clear
the integrated value and minimum/maximum values for the measurement
data from the last measurement operation.
If the measurement data is not cleared, the data from the current measurement
will be added to that from the previous measurement.
DATA RESET key
Executing a DATA RESET
NOTE
The measurement data stored in memory at the moment that the DATA RESET
key is pressed is cleared to zero. However, detection of the integrated value
and minimum/maximum values does not occur until the integration operation
is started.
(2) Setting the range

The measurement range is fixed while the integration operation is in progress.
Set a suitable voltage/current range (fixed range) before starting integrated
measurement.
NOTE
When "Auto" is set for the measurement range:
The measurement range is fixed at the moment that the START/STOP key is
pressed. Note that correct measurement is impossible if there is any input
that is outside of the fixed range that was set. Once the integration operation
is completed, the measurement range setting does not return to "Auto range."
If a minimum or maximum value is generated while the power meter is in
standby before the start of integrated measurement but after the data has
been cleared, that value is not retained.

71
6.4.2 Starting Integrated Measurement

The start of integration operation for each start method setting is described
below.
(1) When integration start is set to "Manual"

1. Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data (unless
performing additional integration).
2. Once the START/STOP key is pressed, the integration operation begins
immediately.
While the integration operation is under way, the message "Integration in
progress" is displayed in the upper left corner of the screen.
In addition, the integration start and stop times, etc., are displayed at the
bottom of the integrated value screen.
Integration in Progress Screen
(2) When integration start is set to "Automatic"

1. Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data.
2. Press the START/STOP key.
The power meter enters the standby state until the preset start time arrives;
once the start time arrives, the power meter begins the integration operation.
Reference If the preset start time has already passed, the integration operation does not
begin.
While the power meter is in standby, the message "Waiting" is displayed on

the screen; once the integration operation starts, the message changes to
"Integrating."
Standby Screen

72
NOTE
Once the START/STOP key is pressed, it is no longer possible to change the
measurement range or the contents of the settings, or to reset the data.
To change the settings, it is necessary to first press the START/STOP key again
to stop the integration operation.
6.4.3 Stopping Integrated Measurement

The end of integration operation for each stop method setting is described
below.
(1) When integration stop is set to "Manual"
The integration operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is pressed.

(2) When integration stop is set to "Timer"
The integration operation stops automatically after the period of time set as
the integration time.
(3) When integration stop is set to "Time specification"
The integration operation stops automatically at the date and time specified as
the stop time.
(4) When forcibly stopping while in integration standby or while integration is in
progress
The integration operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is pressed.

The integration operation is forcibly stopped, regardless of whether integration
stop is set to "time specification" or "timer."
NOTE
When using the key lock function, cancel the key lock function and then stop
integration either manually or forcibly.
To display the instantaneous value, maximum/minimum value, or integrated
value measurement data, press the SCR.KEY function key, and then select the
desired screen from the "Display Selection" window.
Integration data is retained as long as the DATA RESET key is not pressed.
Additional integration is possible when "Manual" is set for the integration
start method and "Manual" or "Timer" is set for the integration stop method.
As long as the integration operation is not stopped, it is not possible to enter
other modes, such as"Normal Measurement or Demand Measurement."

73

Screen configuration in "Integrated Measurement" mode
"Normal Measurement" mode uses four screens:

Minimum/maximum values
Integration 1/2 (basic)
Integration 2/2 (detailed)
(1) In integrated measurement mode
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor at "Instantaneous value (INSTANT)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
instantaneous values starts automatically.

NOTE
(3) Leaving "Integrated Measurement" mode

1. Press the DATA RESET key. (The measurement data is cleared.)
NOTE
If the RET. key is pressed while integrated measurement is in progress or after
integrated measurement is complete, a message is displayed, and the display
does not return to the Initial Screen. Terminate integrated measurement and
press the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key. The message
disappears when any of these keys is pressed.

74
6.4.5 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values
NOTE
Note on minimum/maximum values
This power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycles
when measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements by
update rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the minimum and
maximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and maximum values
in all of the sample values that are being continuously measured.
Therefore, even transient input waveforms generated by a power spike, for
example, will be correctly detected.
1. With the "Instantaneous Value" screen displayed, press the SCR.KEY function
key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
Display Selection Window

3. Position the cursor at "Minimum/Maximum (MIN./MAX.)."
5 .The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.
Minimum/Maximum Screen

75

generated
1. With the "Minimum/Maximum" screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR function
key.
generation time.
Data reset generation date and time
Minimum value generation date and time
Maximum value generation date and time
Minimum/Maximum Value Generation Time Window

5. If the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closes
and the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum"screen.
NOTE
About "Over range"
"Over range" is defined to mean that the measured value exceeded 130% of
the voltage or current range, and is indicated by "o.r." (except minimum and
maximum values)
Although the over range indication is made when the measured power exceeds
130% of the rated range, if the voltage and current measurements both exceed
130% of their respective ranges but the power measurement does not, the
measured power value is displayed.
6.4.6 Displaying Integrated Values

There are two integrated value display screens.
"Integration" screen page 1/2 displays measured values concerning power
consumption.
flows, such as consumption/regeneration.
(1) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 1/2)

3. Position the cursor at "Integration 1/2 (INTEG.1/2)."

76

5. The "Integration" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.
Active power integration Average value

(during consumption) within a time period
Integration time
Integration Screen (page 1/2)

3. Position the cursor at "Integration 2/2 (INTEG.2/2)."
Active power integration

(consumption, Apparent power integration
regeneration, (consumption,
addition) regeneration,
addition)
Reactive power integration

(When not using the reactive power meter method)

77
Active power integration

(consumption, Reactive power
regeneration, Integration
addition) (lag,lead,total)
Apparent power integration

(When using the reactive power meter method)
If the RET. function key is pressed after the data has been cleared, a "Initial"
screen is displayed.
NOTE
The relationship between minimum/maximum values and the average value is
shown in the figure. In the case of interval output, the average value is
obtained from values from the integration start to the interval output. The
minimum and maximum values are also obtained from values from the
integration start to the interval output. However, if a data reset was not
performed before the start of integration, the displayed data will include the
data from the previous integration operation.
Instantaneous value
Integration time
Maximum value
Change in instantaneous
value
Average value over time
Minimum value
Elapsed time
Integration start Integration stop
Display Values for Integrated Measurement
Reference The procedures for printing the measured values on a printer or for saving
them on floppy disk are the same as in "Normal Measurement" mode. Refer
to section 5.4.3, "Printing Measured Values on the Printer," and section 5.4.4,
"Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk."

78
6.5 Changing Settings
To display the integrated measurement setting screen, press the

CHECK key in the integration mode, and move the cursor to the
"Move to Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC.
function key.
Items that can be changed when the "Integrated Measurement

Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed
6.5.1 Integration Start Method

This item sets the integrated measurement start method.
If "MANUAL" is selected, integration is started by using the START/STOP key
or in response to external control signal input. If "SETTIME" is selected,
integration can be started at any specified date and time.
Options: MANUAL/SETTIME
* MANUAL
Integration Start Method Setting
Example Starting integration by time specification
Position the cursor at "Integration Start method (INTEG.START)."

Press the SETTIME function key.
"SETTIME" is set and is displayed in the "Integration start method" field.
If integration is to be started manually, press the MANUAL function key.
6.5.2 Start Time
This item sets the starting date and time for integration when "SETTIME" is
set for the integrated measurement start method.
Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time)
* 1997/01/01 00:00
NOTE
The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:57.
If a time in the past is specified, integrated measurement operation does not
begin.
When "MANUAL" is set for the integrated measurement start method, the
start time is not displayed.

79
Example Setting the start time to January 7, 1997, 8:30 a.m.

Assume that the current setting is the factory setting, "1997/01/01 00:00".
Position the cursor at "Start time (START TIME)." The cursor will appear at
the first digit in the "year" field.
Position the cursor at the ones digit in the "day" field.
Using the and "function keys, set the digit to "7".
Position the cursor at the ones digit in the "hours" field.
Using the and function keys, set the digit to "8".
Position the cursor at the tens digit in the "minutes" field.
The start time is now set to "1997/01/07 08:30".
Before the start of integration, confirm that the time displayed in the upper
right corner of the setting screen is the actual time. If the time is incorrect,
correct the power meters clock setting.
Start Time Setting
6.5.3 Integration Stop Method

This item sets the integrated measurement stop method.
If "MANUAL" is selected, integration is stopped by using the START/STOP key
or in response to external control signal input. If "SETTIME" is selected,
integration can be stopped at any specified date and time.
If "TIMER" is selected, integrated measurement stops once the specified
integration time has elapsed since the start of measurement.
Options: SETTIME/TIMER/MANUAL
*MANUAL
Integration Stop Method
Example Stopping integration with the timer
Position the cursor at "Integration stop method(INTEG.STOP)."

Press the TIMER function key.
"Timer" is set and is displayed in the "Integration stop method" field.
If integration is to be stopped at a specified time, press the SETTIME function
key.
If integration is to be stopped manually, press the MANUAL function key.

80
6.5.4 Stop Time

This item sets the stopping date and time for integration when "SET -TIME" is
set for the integrated measurement stop method.
Note that if the integrated measurement stop method is set to "TIMER" this
item changes to the integration time.
Note that if the setting for the integrated measurement stop method is
"MANUAL" this item has no effect.
Setting format
YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time)
* 1997/01/01 00:02
Stop Time Setting
Timer setting range

"0000hours, 00minutes, 10seconds" to
"1000hours, 00minutes, 00seconds"
(in 10-second steps)
Integration Time Setting * 0000 hours, 01 minutes,00 seconds
NOTE
A time that is earlier than the integrated measurement start time cannot be
set.
Details on the specific method for setting can also be executed in the same
manner for "Start Time."
6.5.5 Output Interval Time

The measurement data can be printed out or saved to floppy disk at the set
output interval.
This interval is valid only when the FD auto output setting or the RS-232C
auto output setting is "ON."
Setting range
2minutes to 1000hours
* 0000hours and 30minutes
Output Interval Time Setting
Details on the specific method for setting can also be executed in the same
manner for "Start Time."

81

* Only the item of power integration is "ON."
Instantaneous
values
PowerP, Q, S, ,

Maximum Minimum
values values
* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which the
minimum/maximum was generated.
Active power
WP, WP, WP To output the minimum/maximum values,
Power Reactive power power integration, average value within a
integration WQ, WQ, WQ time period for output interval time, use
Apparent power the demand measurement mode.
WS, WS, WS
Average value Average value within a time:

within a time PowerP, Q, S, Integrated average values within a time
period period, based on the power integration.

NOTE
For details on the specific method for setting the print/save items, refer to
section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."
The items set here are output in both manual operation or automatic
operation.
The items that are output differ, depending on whether the power integration
is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.
If the cursor is positioned on "All", all items excluding power integration and
average value within a time period can be changed at one time.

82
6.5.7 FD Auto Output

Select "ON" in order to save measurement data to floppy disk automatically.
The time interval at which the data is automatically saved is the time set for
the "Output interval."
Options: ON/OFF
* OFF
FD Auto Output Setting
Example With an FDD UNIT connected, automatically saving measurement data on

a floppy disk
Position the cursor at "FD auto output(FD AUTO SAVE)."

"ON" is displayed and set in the "FD auto output" field.
NOTE
When set to "ON", the optional 9595 FDD Unit must already be connected to
the 3166.
If additional integration is performed when this setting is "YES", all data is
saved to the same file.

83
6.5.8 File Names

Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics, katakana)
or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).
* No file name is set when the power meter is shipped from the
factory.
File Name Setting
NOTE For details on the specific method for setting the file name, refer to section
5.5.2, "File Names."
6.5.9 RS-232C Automatic Output

Select "ON" in order to print out measurement data automatically. The time
interval at which the data is automatically printed is the time set for the
"Output interval time."
Options: ON/OFF
* OFF
Example With a printer connected, automatically printing measurement data
Position the cursor at "RS-232C auto output (RS-232C AUTO OUT)."

"ON" is displayed and set in the "RS-232C auto output" field.
NOTE
When set to "ON", the printer must already be connected to the 3166. In
addition, the setting for the device connected to the "RS-232C interface" must
be "PRINTER" (refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")

84

* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:
Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3, Uave), current (I1, I2, I3, Iave), active
power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power
factor (), frequency (f), and active power integration (+WP,
-WP, WP)
NOTE
For details on the specific method for setting the D/A output items, refer to
section 5.5.3, "D/A Output Items."
in the power meter.
The output response depends on the display update rate.
If fast response is required, use "Normal Measurement" mode.
6.5.11 Integrated Output Rate

This item sets the output rate when using D/A output of integrated values
(active power integration).
Output is generated by 5 V DC versus the full scale for the power
integration that was set.
Options: 5 V/5 kW, 5 V/10 kW, 5 V/50 kW, 5 V/100 kW, 5 V/500 kW,
5 V/1 MW
* 5 V/5 kW
Integrated Output Rate Setting

85
Example Setting the output rate to 5 V/50 kWh
Position the cursor at "Integrated output rate (INTEG. OUT RATE)."

The "Integrated Output Rate" window is displayed.
If the CLOSE key is pressed, the display returns to the "Integrated
Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).
Position the cursor at "5 V/50 kW".
Press the SET function key.
The "Integrated Output Rate" window closes, and "5 V/50 kWh" is set and is
displayed in the integrated output rate field on the "Integrated Measurement
Settings" screen (page 1/2).
NOTE
Select a suitable integration output rate based on expected power levels. In
order to see changes in detail, a small full-scale value should be selected.
If the power level increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale setting
the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The level is
recorded as a sawtooth wave.)
Integrated power
* When active power is 5 kW with a uniform increase
Elapsed time
Integration start
Integrated Output Waveform Example

86

Items that can be changed when the "Integrated Measurement
If the NEXT function key is pressed, the "Integrated Measurement Settings"

NOTE
Items that are set on the "Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2)
can be set or changed in the "Setting" mode. For details on how to make these

(2) Sampling method
(6) PT
(7) CT
(8) Backlight
(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep

87
Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Integrated
In addition to the items that were set in "Integrated Measurement" mode, the
screens for each measurement mode.
NOTE

88
Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Integrated
In addition to the items that were set in "Integrated Measurement" mode, the
NOTE
For details on saving the settings, refer to section 5.7, "Saving the Settings to
Floppy Disk."

89
2
Chapter 7
Demand Measurement 3
5
In "Demand Measurement" mode, in addition to being able to take the same
measurements as are available in "Integrated Measurement" mode, it is also
possible to perform demand measurements in which integrated measurements
are repeated at a time interval that is ideal for power management.
6
This chapter explains the necessary settings for demand measurement, how to
display various measured values, and how to save data to floppy disk or print
it on the printer. 7
Reference When using "Demand Measurement" mode, the "Normal Measurement" and 8
"Integrated Measurement" mode measurements are also included.
9
7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode
10
can be used in Demand Measurement mode.
Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations"

11
(1) Instantaneous value display 12
(2) Integrated value display
1. Integrated value display screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration 13
consumption average value, and maximum demand value)
2. Integrated value display screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power
integration, such as power consumption/regeneration) 14
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the
integration period)
A

90
(3) Demand Display (displays demand results from the previous demand period
during the current measurement operation)
1. Demand screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption], and
average value)
2. Demand screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, such as
power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the demand
period)
(4) Daily Report Display (displays demand results for a one-day (24-hour) period
since the start of demand measurement)
1. Daily Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],
average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)
2. Daily report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, such
as power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the daily
report period)
(5) Weekly Report Display (displays demand results for a one-week (seven-day)
period since the start of demand measurement)
1. Weekly Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],
2. Weekly report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, such
as power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the weekly
report period)
(6) Monthly Report Display (displays demand results for a one-month period
(ending on the same numbered day of the next month) since the start of
demand measurement)
1. Monthly Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],
2. Monthly report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration,
such as power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Maximum/Minimum screen (values during the monthly
report period)
NOTE The measured values for items 3 through 6 above show the measured results
for the interval period to the current measurement interval.

91
Data processing 1
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed automatically or
manually.
(2) When an FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy disk 2
automatically or manually.
3
Remote control
(1) Integration can be started under the control of remote control signals.
4
control of remote control signals.
5
(3) When an FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy disk
under the control of remote control signals.
6
10
11
12
13
14

92
The basic operating methods are the same as for "Integrated Measurement"
mode.
Select "Demand Measurement" from the initial screen

Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no (Refer to section 4.5,
Check the settings
Make special settings needed for integrated measurement,

such as integration start/stop and the integration time
Press the START/STOP key to start integrated

measurement

93
1
2
3
Setting Conditions
(1) Selecting "Demand Measurement" mode 4
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Demand Measurement."
3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous value 5
9
Demand measurement has not started yet.

10
NOTE
11
(2) Wiring the power meter to the line to be measured
12
13
measured as indicated in the wiring diagram. 14
NOTE
meter.
A

94
(3) Checking for incorrect wiring

NOTE
factor is close to zero.
(4) Checking the basic setting conditions

source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of the
measurement screen.
If this setting necessary, the settings screen. Change the setting on the
"Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).
Display of Basic Settings
7.3.2 Special Settings for Demand Measurement

Before starting the measurement process, open the demand measurement
setting screen and make settings for the start/stop of demand measurement,
the demand time, measurement data processing, etc.
For details on the setting methods, refer to section 7.5, "Changing Settings."
(1) Opening the demand measurement settings screen

4. The "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.

95
Demand Measurement Settings (page 1/2)
(2) Necessary settings for demand measurement

1. Start time
2. Stop time
3. Demand period
4. Transformer capacity
(3) Setting the functions that can be used

1. Print/Save items
2. FD auto output
3. File name
4. RS-232C automatic output
5. D/A Output Items
6. Integrated output rate
(4) Basic settings screen

2. The "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed. The
basic settings required for measurement are displayed on this screen, and can
be set and checked on this screen as well.
Note that the settings on this screen are common to both "Normal
Measurement" mode and "Integrated Measurement" mode.
3. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "Demand
returns the display to the "Instantaneous Value" screen.

96
Demand Measurement Settings (page 2/2)
Preparations for measurement are now complete.
NOTE
The settings cannot be changed during measurement (including while the
3166 is in the standby state), while there is measurement data in memory, or
while measured values are being held. After measurement has been
completed (including while the 3166 is in standby mode), however, the
print/save items (only) can be changed.

97
7.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range

(1) Clearing measurement data
Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data.
NOTE
Detection of the integrated value and minimum/maximum values does not
occur until the demand measurement operation is started.
(2) Setting the range

The measurement range is fixed while the demand measurement operation is
in progress.
Set a suitable voltage/current range (fixed range) before starting integrated
measurement.
NOTE
When "Auto" is set for the measurement range:
The measurement range is fixed at the moment that the START/STOP key is
pressed. Note that correct measurement is impossible if there is any input
that is outside of the fixed range that was set. Once the demand
measurement operation is completed, the measurement range setting does not
return to "Auto."
If a minimum or maximum value is generated while the power meter is in
standby before the start of demand measurement, that value is not retained.

98
7.4.2 Starting Demand Measurement

The demand measurement operation start at the set date and time.
Press the START/STOP key.

The power meter enters the
standby state until the preset
start time arrives; once the start
time arrives, the power meter
begins the demand measurement
operation.
Demand Measurement in Progress Screen
While the power meter is in

standby, the message "Waiting" is
displayed on the screen; once the
demand measurement operation
starts, the message changes to
"Demanding ."
Demand Measurement Standby Screen
Reference If the preset start time has already passed, the demand measurement
operation does not begin.
NOTE
Once the START/STOP key is pressed and demand measurement is initiated, it
is no longer possible to change the measurement range or the contents of the
settings.
To change the settings, it is necessary to first press the START/STOP key again
to stop the demand measurement operation.

99
7.4.3 Stopping Demand Measurement
NOTE
In the case of demand measurement, integration measurement is repeated
each demand period. If demand measurement is forcibly stopped while it is in
progress, the current demand data is retained.
The demand measurement operation stops automatically at the set time.

(1) When demand measurement stop is set to "Time specification"
The demand measurement operation stops automatically at the date and time
specified as the stop time.
(2) When forcibly stopping while in demand measurement standby or while the
demand measurement operation is in progress
The demand measurement operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is

pressed.
1. Press the START/STOP key.

2. Because the "End Check" window opens, press the "YES" function key.
3. The demand measurement operation is forcibly stopped.
NOTE
When using the key lock function, cancel the key lock function and then stop
integration either manually or forcibly. To cancel the key lock condition, press
the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.
In the standby mode, the demand measurement standby stops as soon as the
START/STOP key is pressed.
(3) Resuming demand measurement after a forcible stop

1. Before the start time
Press the START/STOP key. Measurement resumes, and "Waiting" is displayed
on the screen.
2. After the start time has passed
Press the DATA RESET key,reset the start time to a future time, and then
press the START/STOP key.
NOTE
If there are any measured values in memory, press the Data Reset key to
clear them first.
To display the instantaneous value, the integrated value, or demand value
measurement data, press the SCR.KEY function key, and then select the
desired screen from the "Display Selection" window.
Demand data is retained as long as the START/STOP key is not pressed.
As long as the demand measurement operation is not stopped, it is not
possible to enter other modes, such as normal measurement or integrated
measurement.

100

Screen configuration in "Demand Measurement" mode
"Demand Measurement" mode uses six screens:
Integrated values
Demand values
Daily reports
Weekly reports
Monthly reports
Note that, except for the "Instantaneous values" screen, all screens include
maximum/minimum screens. Use the PAGE NO. key to select.
(1) In demand measurement mode

2. The "Display Selection" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor at "Instantaneous value (INSTANT)."
instantaneous values starts automatically.

101

NOTE
In the standby mode, the key lock function is cancelled by pressing the
START/STOP key.
(3) Leaving "Demand Measurement" mode

1. Press the DATA RESET key. (The measurement data is cleared.)
NOTE
If the RET. key is pressed while demand measurement is in progress or after
demand measurement is complete, a message is displayed, and the display
does not return to the Initial Screen. Terminate demand measurement and
press the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key.
The message disappears when any of these keys is pressed.

102
7.4.5 Displaying Integrated Values

The screen that displays the integrated values shows the measurement results
from the start of demand measurement until the elapsed measurement time.
This display consists of the following three screens:
"Integration" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and the maximum
demand values concerning power consumption.
The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximum
instantaneous values from the start of demand measurement until the elapsed
measurement time.

3. Position the cursor at "Integration (INTEG.)."
5. Press the PAGE NO. function key and position the cursor on "Integration 1/2
(Integ.1/2)."
Average value within a time period

and maximum demand value
Load factor Usage factor
Displaying the time at which a maximum demand value was

generated
1. Press the TIME OCCR function key.

generation time.

103
4. The time at which the item specified by the cursor was generated is displayed.
When the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closes
and the display returns to the "Integration" screen (page 1/2).
NOTE
The maximum demand values are not displayed until the initial demand
measurement time elapses. Furthermore, the displayed values do not include
measured values from the current demand period.

1. Press the PAGE NO. function key.
3. Position the cursor at "Integration 2/2 (Integ.2/2)."
(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen

1. Press the PAGE NO. function key.
3. Position the cursor at "Minimum/Maximum (MIN./MAX.)."
5. The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.
Integration Minimum/Maximum Screen

104

generated
1. With the "Minimum/Maximum" screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR function
key.
generation time.
When the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closes
and the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum" screen.
NOTE
The relationship between the average value and the maximum demand value
within each period is shown in the following figure. Note that at the start of
demand measurement, a data reset is performed automatically.
Assuming time "n" as the present in the figure, the data "n-1" is displayed as
the demand value. In addition, the integrated data from the start of
measurement to the "present" is displayed as the integrated value.
Instantaneous value
Demand measurement period
Power integration during

Demand period demand period
Change in
instantaneous
value
Maximum demand value

Average value
during Average value
integration period during demand
period
Elapsed time
Demand measurement start Demand measurement end
Display Values for Demand Measurement

105
7.4.6 Displaying Demand Values

The screen that displays the demand values shows the measurement results
for power levels, etc., for each demand period.
The measurement results that are displayed on the demand display screen are
the results for the demand measurement period preceding the current demand
measurement period.
NOTE
Measurement results are not displayed until the first demand measurement
period passes.
Once the current demand measurement period passes, the old demand data is
cleared and replaced with the new demand data.
Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of
demand data.

"Demand" screen page 1/2 displays measured values concerning power
consumption.
"Demand" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power flows,
such as consumption/regeneration.
instantaneous values for each demand period.
Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,
"Displaying Integrated Values."
(1) Displaying the "Demand" screen (page 1/2)
Demand Screen (page 1/2)

106
Demand Screen (page 2/2)
Demand Minimum/Maximum Screen
7.4.7 Displaying a Daily Report

The screen that displays the daily report shows the measurement results for a
one-day (24-hour) period since the demand start time
NOTE
Measurement results are not displayed until at least one day of the demand
measurement period has passed.
Once the current one-day period passes, the old demand data is cleared and
replaced with the new demand data.
daily report data.

107

"Daily Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximum
"Daily Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power
instantaneous values for a one-day period.
(1) Displaying the "Daily Report" screen (page 1/2)
Daily Report Screen (page 1/2)
(2) Displaying the "Daily Report" screen (page 2/2)
Daily Report Screen (page 2/2)
(3) Displaying the "Maximum/Minimum" screen
Daily Report Minimum/Maximum Screen

108
7.4.8 Displaying Weekly Reports

The screen that displays the weekly report shows the measurement results for
a one-week (7-day) period since the demand start time.
NOTE
Measurement results are not displayed until at least one week of the demand
measurement period has passed.
Once the current one-week period passes, the old demand data is cleared and
weekly report data.

"Weekly Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximum
"Weekly Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power
instantaneous values for a one-week period.
(1) Displaying the "Weekly Report" screen (page 1/2)
Weekly Report Screen (page 1/2)

109
(2) Displaying the "Weekly Report" screen (page 2/2)
Weekly Report Screen (page 2/2)
Weekly Report Minimum/Maximum Screen

110
7.4.9 Displaying Monthly Reports

The screen that displays the monthly report shows the measurement results
for a one-month period (ending on the same numbered day of the next month)
since the demand start time.
NOTE
Measurement results are not displayed until at least one month of the
demand measurement period has passed.
Once the current one-month period passes, the old demand data is cleared and
monthly report data.

"Monthly Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximum
"Monthly Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power
instantaneous values for a one-month period.
(1) Displaying the "Monthly Report" screen (page 1/2)
Monthly Report Screen (page 1/2)

111
(2) Displaying the "Monthly Report" screen (page 2/2)
Monthly Report Screen (page 2/2)
Monthly Report Minimum/Maximum Screen
If the RET. function key is pressed after the data has been cleared, a "Initial"
screen is displayed.
Reference The procedure for manually printing out measurement values or saving
measurement values on a floppy disk are the same as in "Normal
Measurement" mode. Refer to section 5.4.3, "Printing Measured Values on the
Printer," and section 5.4.4, "Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk."

112
To display the integrated measurement setting screen, press the

CHECK key in the integration mode, and move the cursor to the
"Move to Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC.
function key.
Items that can be changed when the "Demand Measurement

7.5.1 Start Time

Because the starting method for demand measurement is always "Time
specification," this item sets the starting date and time for demand
measurement.
Options: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM

(24-hour time)
* 1997/01/01 00:00
Start Time Setting
NOTE
For details on the specific method for setting the start time, refer to section
6.5.2, "Start Time."
If a time in the past is specified, the demand measurement operation does not
begin.
7.5.2 Stop Time

Because the stopping method for demand measurement is always "Time
specification," this item sets the stopping date and time for demand
measurement.
Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time)
* 1997/01/01 00:00
NOTE
A time that is earlier than the demand measurement start time cannot be set.

113
7.5.3 Demand Period

This item selects the demand period (the unit time for integration).
Options: 5, 10, 15, 30, or 60 minutes,

or 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 12 hours
* 30 minutes
Demand Period Setting
Example Setting the demand period to 15 minutes
Position the cursor at "Demand period (DEMAND PERIOD)."

The "Demand Period" window is displayed.
Position the cursor at "15 minutes (15 min.)."
Press the SET function key.
The "Demand Period" window closes and "15 min." is displayed and set in the
"Demand period" field in the "Demand Measurement Setting" screen (page
1/2).

114
7.5.4 Transformer Capacity

The usage factor can be measured by the average power used versus the
transformer capacity. If not used, setting "0000.000 kVA" will result in no
measurement value being displayed.
Setting range: 0000.000 to

1000.000 kVA
(0.001 kVA steps)
Transformer Capacity Setting * 0010.000 kVA
NOTE
Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations," for details on
the usage factor.
Example Setting the transformer capacity to "200 kVA"

Assume that the current setting is the factory setting, "0010.000 kVA."
Position the cursor at "Transformer capacity (TRANS. CAPACITY)." The

cursor will appear at the first digit.
Position the cursor at the hundreds digit.
Position the cursor at the tens digit.
The transformer capacity is now set to "0200.000 kVA".

115

* Items other than power integration, average value within a
time period, and demand are "OFF" (not selected).
Instantaneous
values
PowerP, Q, S, ,

Maximum Minimum
values values
* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which the
minimum/maximum was generated.
Active power
(WP, WP, WP)
Reactive power
Power integration
(WQ, WQ, WQ)
Apparent power
(WS, WS, WS)
Average value within

a time period
PowerP, Q, S,
Integrated average
Load factorLF
values within a time
Usage factorTLF
period, based on the
power integration
*Not included the load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.
Power integration,
Daily reports Average value within a time period,
Maximum demand values
Power integration,
Weekly reports Average value within a time period,
Power integration,
Monthly reports Average value within a time period,

116
Power integration,
Demand
Power integration,
Integration Average value within a time period,
* Maximum demand values include the time at which the value was
generated.
* Regarding the above five items, the tabulated results for each measurement
period can also be output by coordinating the settings of the instantaneous
values, maximum values, minimum values, power integration, and the
average value within a time period.
CAUTION
In the case of demand measurement, the print/save item settings are made in
a special manner as described below.
1) First, set to "ON" all of the necessary items from among daily report, weekly
report, monthly report, demand measurement and integrated measurement.
(Multiple items may be set.)
2) Next, set the items that are to actually be output from among the
instantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated power
levels, and average values over time; these items are set in common with
the items selected in step 1 above. (Multiple items may be set.)
3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2
(output items) are selected and valid initially. If only one setting is set to
"ON", nothing is output.
Print/Save Item Setting
NOTE
For details on the specific method for setting the print/save items, refer to
section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."
The items set here are output in both manual operation or automatic
operation.
The items that are output differ, depending on whether the integrated power
level is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.

117
7.5.6 FD Auto Output

Select "ON" in order to save measurement data to floppy disk automatically.
The time interval at which the data is automatically saved is the time set for
the "demand period."
Options: ON/OFF
* OFF
FD Auto Output Setting
Example With an 9595 FDD UNIT connected, automatically saving measurement

data on a floppy disk
Position the cursor at "FD auto output (FD AUTO OUTPUT)."

"ON" is displayed and set in the FD auto output field.
NOTE
When set to "ON", the optional 9595 FDD UNIT must already be connected to
the 3166.
7.5.7 File Names

Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters

(alphanumerics,katakana) or four double-width
characters(kanji,hiragana,katakana).
* No file name is set when the power meter is shipped
from the factory.
File Name Setting
NOTE
For details on the specific method for setting the file name, refer to section
5.5.2, "File Names."

118
7.5.8 RS-232C Automatic Output

Select "ON" in order to print out measurement data automatically. The time
interval at which the data is automatically printed is the time set for the
"demand period."
Options: ON/OFF
* OFF
Example With a printer connected, automatically printing measurement data
Position the cursor at "RS-232C auto output (RS-232C AUTO OUT)."

"ON" is displayed and set in the "RS-232C auto output" field.
NOTE
When set to "ON", the printer must already be connected to the 3166. In
addition, the setting for the device connected to the RS-232C interface must be
"PRINTER" (refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")

* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:
Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3,Uave), current (I1, I2, I3,Iave), active
power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power
factor (), frequency (f), and active power integration (+WP,
-WP, WP)
NOTE
For details on the specific method for setting the D/A output items, refer to
section 5.5.3, "D/A Output Items."
in the power meter.
The output is updated according to the display update rate.
If a fast output update rate is required, use "Normal Measurement" mode.

119
7.5.10 Integrated Output Rate

This item sets the output rate when using D/A output of integrated values
(active power integration).
Output is generated by 5 VDC versus the full scale for the power integration
that was set.
Options: 5 V/5 kW, 5 V/10 kW, 5 V/50 kW, 5 V/100 kW,

5 V/500 kW, 5 V/1 MW
* 5 V/5 kW
Integrated Output Rate Setting
NOTE
For details on the specific method for setting the integrated output rate, refer
to section 6.5.11, "Integrated Output Rate."
Select a suitable integration output rate based on expected power levels. In
order to see changes in detail, a small full-scale value should be selected.
If the power level increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale setting
the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The level is
recorded as a sawtooth wave.)
Integrated power
* When active power is 5 kW with a uniform increase
Elapsed time
Integration start
Integrated Output Waveform Example

120

Items that can be changed when the "Demand Measurement
Pressing the NEXT function key calls up the "Demand Measurement Settings"
screen (page 2/2).
NOTE
Items that are set on the "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2)
can be set or changed in the "Setting" mode. For details on how to make these

(2) Sampling method
(6) PT
(7) CT
(8) Backlight
(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep

121
Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Demand
In addition to the items that were set in "Demand Measurement" mode, the
NOTE

122
Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Demand
In addition to the items that were set in "Demand Measurement" mode, the
NOTE
For details on saving the settings, refer to section 5.7, "Saving the Settings to
Floppy Disk."

123
2
Chapter 8
Setting Mode (Function 3
Setting) Details
4
The setting of basic functions that are common to all of the measurement
modes is performed in "Setting" mode.
6
The settings can be output to the printer.
This chapter explains the items that can be set or changed in "Setting" mode
in detail. 7
8.1 List of Setting Items 8
Settings for the following functions can be made. 9

For details on the methods for setting these functions, refer to section 2.1,
"Basic Operations."
(1) Reactive power meter method 10
(2) Sampling method
(4) Frequency on line being measured 11
(6) PT
(7) CT 12
(8) Backlight
(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep 13
(11) RS-232C device
(12) Setting the time
(13) System reset 14
8.1 List of Setting Items

124
Function Setting Screen (Page 1/2)
Function Setting Screen (Page 2/2)
NOTE
Functions (1) to (10) can also be set or changed in "Normal Measurement,"
"Integrated Measurement," or "Demand Measurement" mode.

8.1 List of Setting Items
125
1
8.2 Settings for Each Item
2
Selecting the setting mode 3

1. Position the cursor at "Setting" on the initial screen. For the details on the
initial screen, refer to section 2.3, "Initial Screen."
2. Press the EXEC. function key 4
3. The "Function Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.
The settings are organized on two screens, use the NEXT and PREVIOUS
function keys to switch between the screens. 5
Once all of the settings have been made, press the RET. function key in order
to return to the initial screen.
The RET. function key can even be pressed in order to return to the initial
screen before all of the settings have been made.
6
If the RET. key is pressed while integrated measurement or demand
NOTE
measurement is in progress or after integrated measurement or demand 7
measurement is complete, a message is displayed and the display does not
return to the initial screen. Terminate integrated measurement or demand
measurement and press the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key. 8
The message disappears when any of these keys is pressed.
Items that can be changed when the "Function Settings" screen 9

(page 1/2) is displayed
10
8.2.1 Reactive Power Meter Method
This item sets whether or not to use the reactive power meter method for
11
calculating the reactive power measurements.
Options: Use reactive power meter method: YES/NO
*NO 12
Example Using the reactive power method
Position the cursor at "Reactive power method (REACTIVE POWER

13
METHOD)" item.
Press the YES function key.
"YES" is set and is displayed in the "Reactive power method" field.
14
The measured value is measured directly with a reactive power meter, and
then the reactive power is calculated. In addition, "Power ratio power factor"
displays the power factor when using the reactive power meter method. A
NOTE Refer to item 3 in the Appendices for a supplementary explanation.

126
8.2.2 Sampling Method

This item sets the sampling method.
Normally, use "PLL sync."
When using a fixed clock, adjust the set frequency in accordance with the
frequency of the line that is being measured.
NOTE
Correct measurement is impossible if this setting does not agree with the
frequency of the line being measured. In addition, if a fixed clock is being
used and the frequency of the line being measured fluctuates, errors in the
measurements will result.
Options: PLL /FIXED CLOCK

*PLL
Example Changing to a fixed clock
Position the cursor at "Sampling method (SAMPLING METHOD)" item.

Press the FIXED function key.
"FIXED CLOCK" is set and is displayed in the "Sampling method" field. The
sampling clock frequency is that set by the "Frequency of the line being
measured" setting.
8.2.3 PLL Sync/Frequency Source

This item selects the PLL sync source and the input source for frequency
measurement.
Normally, use the "U1" voltage input source.
If there is no voltage input during current measurement, use the "I1" current
input source.
Options: U1 (voltage)/I1 (current)
*U1 (voltage)
NOTE
Only channel 1 can be used as the input source, whether for voltage input or
current input.
Example Changing to the current input source
Position the cursor at the "PLL sync/frequency source (SYNC/FREQ.

SOURCE)" item.
Pressing the I1 function key .
"I1" is set and is displayed in the "PLL sync/frequency source" field.

127
1
8.2.4 Frequency of the Line Being Measured
This item sets the frequency of the line being measured. When using a fixed
clock, the sampling frequency is based on this frequency, so be certain to
2
adjust this setting to the frequency of the line being measured before the start
of measurement.
3
NOTE
Even if the sampling method is PLL sync, set the frequency of the line being
measured.
Correct measurement is impossible if this setting does not agree with the 4
frequency of the line being measured. In addition, if a fixed clock is being
used and the frequency of the line being measured fluctuates, errors in the
measurements will result. 5
Options: 50/60/400 Hz
*50 Hz
6
Example Changing the setting for the frequency of the line being measured to "60
Hz" 7
Position the cursor at the "Frequency of the line being measured (MEASURE
LINE FREQUENCY)" item. 8
Pressing the 60 Hz function key.
"60 Hz" is set and is displayed in the "Frequency of the line being measured"
field.
9
8.2.5 Display Averaging Times 10

This item sets the process count when the displayed value is a moving average
of the measured values.
This setting is useful, for example, if there is a great deal of fluctuation on the
11
line being measured.
Options: OFF/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 times
*OFF 12
Example Changing the averaging times to "8" 13

Position the cursor at "Display averaging times (DISPLAY AVERAGE
TIMES)" item.
Using the the and function keys, set the digit to "8".
14
"8 times" is displayed and set in the "Display averaging times" field.

128
8.2.6 PT
This item lets you set the PT ratio as desired.
The values that are displayed are multiplied by the PT ratio.
Setting range: 00001 to 10000
*00001
Example Setting the PT ratio to "30"
Position the cursor at the "PT" item.

Pressing the CHANGE key causes the "PT Input Window" to be displayed.
The cursor appears at the first digit.
Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the tens digit.
Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "3".
Press the function key once to set the digit to "0".
"00030" is set and is displayed in the "PT ratio" field.
Once the SET function key is pressed, "00030" is set and is displayed in the
"PT ratio" field.
8.2.7 CT
This item lets you set the CT ratio as desired.
The values that are displayed are multiplied by the CT ratio.
Setting range: 00000.01 to 10000.00
*00001.00
Example Setting the CT ratio to "60"
Position the cursor at the "CT" item.

Pressing the CHANGE key causes the "CT Input Window" to be displayed.
The cursor appears at the first digit.
Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the hundreds digit.
Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the ones digit.
Once the SET function key is pressed, "00060.00" is set and is displayed in the
"CT ratio" field.

129
8.2.8 Backlight
This item turns the LCD backlight on and off.
Turning the backlight on when taking measurements in dark surroundings
makes it easier to view the display.
Options: ON/OFF/AUTO OFF
*AUTO OFF
NOTE
The "auto off" setting can be used to have the unit turn itself off automatically
two minutes after the last key press. Pressing any key will cause the unit to
turn itself back on again.
Example Turning the backlight on
Position the cursor at "Backlight (BACKLIGHT)" item.

"ON" is displayed in the "Backlight" field.
8.2.9 Contrast
This item sets the LCD contrast.
Adjust the contrast according to the surroundings so that the display can be
viewed easily.
Setting range: 1 to 16
*When a system reset is executed, the LCD contrast is set on 8.
Example 1 Adjusting the contrast
Position the cursor at "Contrast (CONTRAST)."

Press the function key.
The value displayed in the "Contrast" field increases by one, and the contrast
becomes darker. Holding down the "Dark" function key causes the contrast to
progressively become darker. (The maximum setting is "16".)
Now press the key.
The value displayed in the "Contrast" field decreases by one, and the contrast
becomes lighter. Holding down the "Light" function key causes the contrast to
progressively become lighter. (The minimum setting is "1".)
Adjust the contrast as desired.
Example 2 Adjusting the contrast by function and cursor keys
Press the F1 key with pressing the cursor key, the contrast becomes darker.
Holding down these keys causes the contrast to progressively become darker.
Press the F2 key with pressing the cursor key, the contrast becomes lighter.
Holding down these keys causes the contrast to progressively become lighter.

130
8.2.10 Key Beep

This item turns the key beep sound on and off.
When the key beep sound is on, it provide audible confirmation that a key was
pressed.
Options: ON/OFF
*ON
Example Turning key beeps on
Position the cursor at "Key beep (KEY BEEP)" item.

"ON" is displayed in the "Key beep" field.
Items that can be changed when the "Function Settings" screen

(page 2/2) is displayed
Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."
8.2.11 RS-232C Device

This item selects the type of device connected to the RS-232C interface.
There are also special settings for each different type of device (printer,
personal computer, or modem).
Options: PRINTER, COMPUTER, MODEM
* PRINTER
Example Changing the connected device to a printer
Position the cursor at "RS-232C device (RS-232C DEVICE)" item.

Press the PRINTER function key.
The "Printer Interface Setting" window is displayed.
Check the printer settings.
If there are no changes that need to be made, press the CLOSE key.
The "Printer Interface Setting" window closes, and "PRINTER" is set and is
displayed in the "RS-232C device" field.
Example Checking or changing the printer settings
Press the PRINTER function key.

The "Printer Interface Setting" window is displayed.
Check the printer settings and make new settings.

131
(1) Printer settings

These are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the RS-232C printer
connected to the power meter.
Settings:
Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600
* 9600
Data length (bits): 7/8
*8
Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN
* OFF
Stop bit length: 1/2
*1
Flow control: OFFXON/XOFFRTS/CTSBOTH
* XON/XOFF
Terminator send : CRLFCR+LF
*CR+LF
Printer Interface Setting Window
The procedures for changing these settings are described below.
Example Changing the baud rate setting to "2400"

Position the cursor at "Baud rate (BAUD RATE)" item.
Press the 2400 function key.
"2400" is set and is displayed in the "Baud rate" field.
Example Changing the data length setting to "7"

Position the cursor at "Data length (DATA LENGTH)" item.
"7" is set and is displayed in the "Data length" field.
Example Changing the parity check setting to "ODD"

Position the cursor at "Parity check (PARITY CHECK)" item.
Press the ODD function key.
"ODD" is set and is displayed in the "Parity check" field.
NOTE
The parity check setting is valid only when the data length setting is "7". If
the data length setting is "8", the parity check setting is fixed at "OFF."

132
Example Changing the stop bit length setting to "2"

Position the cursor at "Stop bits (STOP BIT LENGTH)" item.
"2" is set and is displayed in the "Stop bit length" field.
Example Changing the flow control setting to "XON/XOFF"

Position the cursor at "Flow control (FLOW CONTROL)" item.
Press the XON/XOFF function key.
"XON/XOFF" is set and is displayed in the "Flow control" field.
(2) Personal computer settings

These are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the personal
computer connected to the power meter.
Settings:
* 9600
*8
* OFF
*1
Flow control: OFFXON/XOFFRTS/CTSBOTH
* OFF
* CR+LF
Terminator reception: CRLFCR+LF
* CR+LF
Personal Computer Setting Window
The procedures for changing these settings are the same as those used for the
printer settings.

133
(3) Modem settings

These are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the modem
connected to the power meter.
Settings:
* 9600
*8
* OFF
*1
Telephone number: Input the telephone number being called.
(normal-width numeric characters, "", "," )
Telephone information : Can be used to input comments.
Modem initialization command: 50 characters
(Input the command for the modem that is
connected.)
*ATTE0&C1&D2
ID code: 10 characters (Any character string)
(This code is used to identify the power meter.)
* H3166
Flow control: OFF XON/XOFFRTS/CTSBOTH
* RTS/CTS
*CR+LF
Modem Setting Window
The procedures for changing these settings are described below. The
procedures for changing settings from baud rate to flow control are the same
as those used for the printer settings.
Example Setting the destination telephone number
Position the cursor at " Telephone number (TEL NUMBER)" item.

The "Telephone Number Input" window is displayed.
Operation is the same as for file name input.
Set the telephone number with normal-width numeric characters.

134
Example Setting the modem initialization command

"ATTE04&C1&D2" is set as the initial value.
Position the cursor at "Modem initialization command (MOD COMMAND)."

The "Command Input" window is displayed.
Up to 50 characters can be input.
Operation is the same as for file name input.
After all changes are complete, press the ENTER function key.
The "Command Input" window closes, and the modem initialization command
in the "Function Setting" window is changed and registered.
8.2.12 Setting the Time

This setting is done on the "Function Settings" screen (page 2/2).
Set the correct time whenever necessary.
When the power meter is shipped from the factory, it is set to the current time
in Japan.
The date and time are automatically updated by the auto calendar function.
The auto calendar function can keep track of dates until December 31, 2079.
Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS (24-hour time)
For details on setting the time, refer to section 6.5.2, "Start Time."
NOTE
To set the seconds precisely, listen to a reliable time service and press the SET
key at the "00" seconds mark.
The real-time may loss in from 1 to 5 minutes per month. (Within operating
temperature range)

135
8.2.13 System Reset

Execute a system reset when necessary.
When a system reset is executed, all settings (except for the "Setting the
Time" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.
Procedure1
1. Position the cursor at "System reset (SYSTEM RESET)" item.
2. Press the RESET function key.
3. The "System Reset Execute" window is displayed, asking for confirmation
before executing the system reset.
4. Press the RESET function key.
5. The initial screen is displayed and all settings (except for the "Setting the
System Reset Execute Window
Procedure2
1. Turn on the power with pressing the DATA RESET key.
(Continue pressing the DATA RESET key until beep.)
2. The initial screen is displayed and all settings (except for the "Setting the
NOTE
When a system reset is executed immediately, the "SRAM NG" is displayed
due to an internal transaction. This is not a problem.

136
Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Function
Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power meter settings to
be printed out.
In addition to the items that were set in "Setting" mode, the special settings
that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.
NOTE

137
Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Function Settings"
screen is displayed causes all of the current power meter settings to be saved
to floppy disk.
In addition to the items that were set in "Setting" mode, the special settings
that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.
1. Press the SAVE key.

2. The setting conditions are saved to floppy disk in a file named "SETXXX."
NOTE
A file named "SETXXX" is generated automatically and the setting conditions
are saved in that file.
Changing file names as necessary makes it easier to identify the contents
saved in each file. File names can be changed in "FD" mode.

138

139
2
Chapter 9
Using the Remote Control 3
Jack
4
This chapter describes the remote control functions supported by the 3166.
6
10
11
12
13
14
140
9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack
WARNING To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingor
CAUTION
Use the optional 9440 CONNECTION CABLE for output.
Reference The control jack is insulated from the voltage and current inputs.
Cable Connection
As shown in the diagram, align the special connection cable with the connector
guide notch on the remote control jack and then plug the cable in. (The
connector has a locking mechanism.)
When disconnecting the cable, grasp the plastic portion of the cable connector
and pull it out of the jack.
NOTE
Plastic cable connectors are used. Attempting to forcibly push the connector
in without aligning it with the connector guide notch, or forcibly pulling it out
without releasing the lock will damage the connector.

9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack
141
1
9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack
The diagram below shows the circuit diagram of the remote control jack.
2
3
Input terminal
4
6
Remote Control Jack Circuit
Control operation is performed using 0/5 V logic signals or closed/open contact 7

signals. The pin arrangement of the jack is shown below.
Pin No. Signal name Color

8
1 Start/stop Red
2 Data reset White 9
3 Print out Black
4 Floppy save Yellow
5 Ground (common) Blue 10
In order to prevent damage to the power meter, do not input voltage that
11
CAUTION
exceeds 5.5 V.
12
13
14
9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack

142
9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control
The following four functions support remote control. These functions can be
controlled through the remote control jack in exactly the same manner as if
the corresponding keys on the control panel were pressed.
(1) Integrated measurement start/stop

This remote control function starts/stops the integration operation in
"Integrated Measurement" mode, and starts the measurement operation in
"Demand Measurement" mode.
The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.
5 V (open)
0 V (closed)
Start Stop
Integrated Measurement Start/Stop Control
(2) Data reset

This remote control function clears the integration data and the
minimum/maximum value data.
At least 300 ms
5 V (open)
0 V (closed)
Data reset is executed

during this interval.
Data Reset Control

143
(3) Printing 1
This remote control function is used to manually initiate the printing of
measurement data on the printer.
2
At least 300 ms
3
5 V (open)
4
0 V ( closed)
5
"Print start" is sent to the
printer during this interval.
Printing Control
6
The printer must already be connected to the 3166. In addition, the setting
NOTE
for the device connected to the RS-232C interface must be "printer." Make all 7
other necessary settings as well. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C device")
(4) Saving data on a floppy disk

8
This remote control function is used to manually save measurement data on a
floppy disk.
9
At least 300 ms
5 V (open)
10
0 V (closed)
11
"Save start" is sent to
the FD during this interval.
12
Control for Saving Data on Floppy Disk
13
NOTE
An 9595 FDD UNIT must be connected to this power meter before attempting
to use this function.
14
CAUTION
The remote control functions are enabled even when the key lock feature is
engaged.
Input clean signals free of chattering for the control signals. Note that normal
A
operation is not possible with a pulse of less than 300 ms.

144

145
2
Chapter 10
Connecting a Printer 3
5
10.1 Overview
This power meter can not only display measurement data on the LCD screen,
6
but can also output measurement data to an external printer via the RS-232C
interface. This chapter explains how to connect and operate a printer.
For details on the specifications of the RS-232C interface, refer to section 11.2, 7
"Overview of the RS-232C Interface."
10
11
12
13
14
10.1 Overview
146
10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out
The setting of which items are to be printed out is done in the print/save items
on the setting screen of each measurement mode. These items also determine
which data is saved to the floppy disk. For specific details on how to make
these settings, refer to the sections on the settings for each measurement
mode.
The items that are set are output in both manual operation and automatic
operation.
The items that are output differ, depending on whether the integrated power
level is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.
All setting conditions can be printed out, whether from the setting screen for a
given measurement mode, or from "Setting" mode.
(1) Measurement data
"Normal Measurement" mode
1.Date and time of printing
2.Instantaneous values VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave

Instantaneous value data CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave
at time of printing
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3
3.Maximum values CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3
4.Minimum values CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,
* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which each
minimum/maximum value was generated
* Items 3 and 4 reflect data that was tabulated from the point when the data
reset key was pressed until the time of printing.
"Integrated Measurement" mode
2.Integration start time and

integration elapsed time

147
3.Instantaneous values VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave 1

Instantaneous value data CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave 1
at time of printing
PowerP, Q, S, ,
2
4.Maximum values CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave
2
PowerP, Q, S, , 3
5.Minimum values CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave
PowerP, Q, S, ,
43
minimum/maximum value was generated 5
Active power 4
(WP, WP, WP) 6
Reactive power
6.Power integration
(WQ, WQ, WQ)
Apparent power
75
(WS, WS, WS)
8
7.Average value within a
time period
6
Integrated average
PowerP, Q, S, 9
power integration 107
* Items 4 through 7 reflect data that was tabulated until the time of printing
from the integrated measurement start time.
11
"Demand Measurement" mode 8
The following demand, integration, daily report, weekly report, and monthly 12
report data can be saved.

139
2.Demand start time
14
3.Instantaneous values VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave 10
at time of printing
PowerP, Q, S, , A
11

148

4.Maximum values CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave
PowerP, Q, S, ,

5.Minimum values CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave
PowerP, Q, S, ,
minimum/maximum value was generated.
Active power
(WP, WP, WP)
Reactive power
6.Power integration
(WQ, WQ, WQ)
Apparent power
(WS, WS, WS)
7.Integrated average values

Average values during the PowerP, Q, S,
demand period, based on Load factor (LF)
the integrated power
levels during the time Usage factor (TLF)
interval in question
* Not included load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.
Power integration,
8.Daily reports Average value within a time,
Power integration,
9.Weekly reports Average value within a time,
Power integration,
10.Monthly reports Average value within a time,
Power integration,
11.Demand
Average value within a time,
Power integration,
12.Integration Average value within a time,
generated.
* Regarding the above five items, the tabulated results for each measurement
period can also be output by coordinating the settings of the instantaneous
values, maximum values, minimum values, power integration , and the
average values within a time.

149
1
CAUTION
2
instantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated power 3
3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2 4
5
(2) Setting conditions
All setting conditions can be printed out, whether from the setting screen for a 6
given measurement mode, or from "Setting" mode.
10
11
12
13
14

150
10.3 Connection Method

(1) Recommended printer
Use the 9442 PRINTER, the 9443 AC ADAPTER, the 9444 CONNECTION
CABLE (for Printer), and the 1196 RECORDING PAPER . (All are options.)
9442 DPU-414 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)

9443-01 PW-4007-J1 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)JAPAN
9443-02 PW-4007-E1 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)EU
9443-03 PW-4007-U1 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)U.S.A
CAUTION
The initial settings of the 9442 PRINTER when it is shipped from the factory
allow it to be connected to and used with the 3166. When using a different
but equivalent printer, it may be necessary to change the settings. Check
the operation manual provided with the printer and make the settings
accordingly.
For details on the operation and handling of the printer, refer to the printers
operation manual.
For the printer, use 1196 RECORDING PAPER (thermal paper,10 rolls) or an
equivalent.
In general, any printer that supports the RS-232C interface can be used with
the 3166, some models may not print properly, depending on the data that is
being output. Therefore, we recommend the 9442 PRINTER.
(2) Connection method

1. Turn off the power meter and the printer.
2. Connect the specified connecting cable between the RS-232C connector on the
power meter and the connector on the printer.
Male
Female
Printer Cable Connection

151
To power meter To 9442 Printer
Frame Frame
D-sub 9-pin female D-sub 9-pin male
9444 CONNECTION CABLE
CAUTION
Use a molded cable connector for connection to the 3166. Metal cable
connectors (with tabs that protrude) cannot be connected to the 3166 due to
the design of the 3166.
Reference Sanwa Supplys KB-M98K straight extension cable can also be used to connect
the 3166 to the 9442 PRINTER.
WARNING To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before plugging
or unplugging any cablesor peripherals.

152
10.4 Operating Procedure

(1) In Setting mode, set "RS-232C device" to "PRINTER".
For details on how to make this setting, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C
Device."
RS-232C Device Setting
Printer Setting Window
(2) Set the "Print/Save" items on the setting screens for each measurement mode.
Note that these settings also define what information is to be saved on floppy
disk.
1. Normal measurement mode (refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items")
Print/Save Items
("Normal Measurement" Mode)

153
2. "Integrated Measurement" mode (refer to section 6.5.6, "Print/Save Items")
Print/Save Items
("Integrated Measurement" Mode)
3. "Demand Measurement" mode (refer to section 7.5.5, "Print/Save Items")
Print/Save Items
("Demand Measurement" Mode)
NOTE
The items that can be set differ for each measurement mode.

154
(3) Manual printing
Measurement data can be printed out at any time by pressing the PRINT key.
When printing the data on the display screen, activate the "data hold" feature
first and then print the data.
PRINTER Key
(4) Automatic output
Data can be printed automatically at a predetermined interval in "Integrated

Measurement" mode and in "Demand Measurement" mode. Manual printing
is still possible in this case.
In both measurement modes:

1. Set "RS-232C auto output" to "ON".
2. In "Integrated Measurement" mode, set the output interval time.
In "Demand Measurement" mode, the data is output each demand period.
For details on these settings, refer to section 6.5.5, "Output Interval Time,"
section 6.5.9, "RS-232C Automatic Output," and section 7.5.8, "RS-232C
Automatic Output."
3. Once measurement starts, the data is printed out automatically at the
predetermined interval time.
Output Interval Time Setting

155
Reference Printing time

Because one roll of 1196 Printing Paper is 25 meters long, it is possible to
calculate the length of time that measurement and printing can continue by
calculating the length of one printout of data.
For example, when printing all items for a three-phase, four-wire line in
"Integrated Measurement" mode, one printout of data requires approximately
360 mm of paper (about 4 mm/line). ((Approximately 193 mm, except for the
maximum and minimum values.) If the interval time is 30 minutes, the
length of time that measurement and printing can continue is calculated as
follows:
Number of printouts: N = 25 m/360 mm = 69 printouts
Continuous operation time: T = interval time x N = 30 minutes x 69
= 2070 minutes = 34 hours and 30 minutes
A red line appears on the last 60 centimeters of the recording paper,
indicating that only a little paper remains.
Special printed output

Just as with the display, "o.r." is printed for out-of-range data, and ""
is printed for invalid data.
NOTE
Because the items that are printed out vary with the measurement mode, set
the items for each mode separately. Note that the data that is output is the
same, whether for manual printing or automatic output.
Be sure to load enough paper so that the printer will not run out.
For details on how to print out the setting conditions, refer to the section
entitled, "Printing Out the Settings," in each chapter describing the different
measurement modes and Setting mode.
CAUTION
Using the printer in a high-temperature or high-humidity environment should be
avoided at all costs. This can seriously reduce the printer life.

156

157
2
Chapter 11
Connecting a Computer 3
5
The 3166 includes a RS-232C interface as a standard feature.
A personal computer can be connected to the power meter through this
interface; the personal computer can then be used to remotely control the
functions of the power meter, to retrieve data, etc. (Turning the power meter
6
on and off and changing the RS-232C interface settings are not possible.) The
RS-232C interface can also be used to output data to a printer, or to remotely
control the power meter through a modem connection. 7
This chapter explains how to connect a computer ("personal computer") to the
power meter and how to operate the power meter through the computer.
The RS-232C interface is a serial interface standard that was established by 8
the EIA (Electronic Industries Association of the U.S.).
9
10
WARNING In order to avoid the possibility of an electric shock, unplug the power
meters power cord and disconnect the other wiring before connecting
the RS-232 cable to the interface connector.
11
Turn the power off when connecting the personal computer to the
power meter. Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power is on
could damage the equipment.
12
13
CAUTION
After connecting the RS-232C cable, always be sure to secure the
connection with the screws on the connector.
Use a molded cable connector for connection to the 3166. Metal cable 14
connectors (with tabs that protrude) cannot be connected to the 3166 due to
the design of the 3166.

158
11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface
11.2.1 RS-232C Interface Specifications

The 3166s RS-232C interface complies with:
EIA RS-232C
CCITT V.24
JIS X51101
1. General specifications (concerning the personal computer)
Transfer method Start-stop synchronization, full-duplex

Printer-related settings Baud rate (bps): 2400, 9600
Data length (bits) 7/8
Parity check EVEN/ODD/OFF
Stop bits 1/2
2. Interface specifications (DTE operation)
Input voltage level +5V to +15V ON

-15V to -5V OFF
Output voltage level +5V to +9V ON
-9V to -5V OFF
3. Connector specification
Pin No EIA symbol JIS symbol Common symbol Function

1 CF CD DCD Data channel detection
2 BB RD RxD Reception data
3 BA SD TxD Transmission data
4 CD ER DTR Data terminal ready
5 AB SG GND Signal ground
6 CC DR DSR Data set ready
7 CA RS RTS Ready to send
8 CB CS CTS Clear to send
9 CE CI RI Call indicator

159
3
RS-232C Connector Pin Assignments
Connector: D-sub 9-pin (male)

Manufacturer: Nippon Koku Denshi Kogyo DELC-J9PAF-23L9 4
4. RS-232C cable connection examples
5
To power meter To PC
Frame 8
D-sub 9-pin female Frame
D-sub 25-pin male 9

DOS/V PC
Flow control: None, XON/XOFF
RS-232C Cable
10
To power meter To PC
11
12
13
Frame Frame
D-sub 9-pin female D-sub 9-pin female

14
DOS/V PC
A
RS-232C Cable

160
Connection To PC
To power meter
Frame
Frame Frame Frame

D-sub 9-pin
Female D-sub 25-pin D-sub 25-pin D-sub 25-pin
Female Male Male
DOS/V, PC-9801 PC
Flow control: RTS/CTS, both
RS-232C Cable
Connection To PC
To power meter
Frame
Frame
Frame Frame
D-sub 25-pin
Female D-sub 25-pin D-sub 25-pin D-sub 25-pin
Female Male Male
DOS/V, PC-9801 PC
RS-232C Cable
Reference Connecting to a DOS/V personal computer
Use a cable such as Sanwa Supplys KRS-423XF1K KRS-403XF1K RS-232C
Cable (reverse).
Use a cable such as Sanwa Supplys KRS-107K RS-232C Cable (reverse) in
combination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.
Connecting to an NEC PC-9801

161
1
11.2.2 Setting Method
Set the RS-232C device item in "Setting" mode to personal computer.
Set the other personal computer interface items as necessary.
2
For specific details on these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device."
RS-232C Device Setting 4
Personal Computer Setting Window 8

NOTE
The communications conditions for the personal computer and the power
meter must match. 9
10
11
12
13
14

162
11.2.3 Flow of the Basic Operating Procedure
Connect the RS-232C cable
Turn the power meter and the personal computer on
Set the communication conditions for the personal computer
Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking,

stop bits, flow control and the delimiter
Connect the power meter to the line being measured
Control the power meter remotely by sending commands

from the personal computer

163
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface
11.3.1 Messages
Messages are classified as shown below:
Command messages
Program messages
Query messages
Messages Response messages
Execution confirmation messages
Of these, program messages are those received by the unit from the personal
computer, while response messages are those sent from the unit to the
personal computer.
(1) Program messages

Program messages can be divided into either command messages or query
messages.
Command messages are orders for control of the unit, such as for making
settings or for reset or the like.
Query messages are orders for responses relating to results of operation,
results of measurement, or the state of device settings.
(2) Response messages
After a query message has been received, a response message is produced the
moment that its syntax has been checked. It is also possible to change the
message unit separator of response messages from the semicolon ";" to the
comma "," , using the command "TRANsmit:SEParator". Initially this
separator is set to the semicolon ";".
A space is represented by " "(space) in this manual.
Headers on "V +101.2E+0;A +1.200E-3"
Headers off "+101.2E+0;+1.200E-3"
(3) Execution confirmation message
Execution confirmation message is the numeric data created by analyzing and
executing one line of data (data up to the terminator) from the personal
computer. This numeric data is returned to the personal computer. The
personal computer and this unit are synchronized by means of this data.

164
11.3.2 Command Syntax

The names of commands for the 3166 are as far as possible mnemonic.
Furthermore, all commands have a long form, and an abbreviated short form.
In command references in this manual, the short form is written in upper case
letters, and then this is continued in lower case letters so as to constitute the
long form. Either of these forms will be accepted during operation, but
intermediate forms will not be accepted. Further, during operation both lower
case letters and upper case letters will be accepted without distinction.
CURRent
Accepted
CURR
CURRE
Error
CUR
Response messages generated by the 3166 are in long form and in upper case
letters.
11.3.3 Headers
Whether or not headers are prefixed to response messages is set by the
"HEADer" command. It is essential to prefix headers to program messages.
(1) Command program headers

There are two types of command: simple commands, compound commands,
and standard commands.
Simple command header
This header is a sequence of letters and digits.
HEADer
Compound command header
This header is made up from a plurality of simple command type headers
marked off by colons.
VOLTage:RANGe
(2) Query program headers
These are for commands used for interrogating the unit about the results of
operations, about measured values, or about the current states of settings for
the unit. As shown by the following examples, they can be recognized as
queries by a question mark appearing after the program header. The structure
of the header is identical to that of a command program header, with "?"
always being affixed to the last command. There are queries possible in each
of the three previously described types of command form.
MEASure:NORMal? <data1> to <data10>
SCALe:PT?

165
11.3.4 Delimiter
The power meter accepts the LF code as the message terminator.
Furthermore, the following can be selected as the response message
terminator with the "TRANsmit:TERMinator" command:
1. LF
2. CR
3. CR and LF
The initial selection are three.
NOTE
For details on the "TRANsmit:TERMinator" command, refer to section 11.4,
"Command Reference."
11.3.5 Separators
(1) Message unit separator
A semicolon ";" is used as a message unit separator when it is desired to set
out several messages on a single line.
":SCALe:PT 2;:SCALe:CT 4;:AVERaging 10"

(2) Header separator
In a message which has a header and data, a space (represented by " "(space)
in the examples) is used as the header separator to separate the header from
the data.
":VOLTage:AUTO ON" (actually, " " is not displayed.)
(3) Data separator
If a message has several data items, commas are required as data separators
for separating these data items from one another.
":INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM 7,63,3"

166
11.3.6 Data Formats

The 3166 uses character string data and decimal numeric data, and the type
used varies according to the command in question.
(1) Character data

Character string data must always begin with an alphabetic character, and
the following characters can be either alphabetic characters or numerals.
Although in character data either upper case letters or lower case letters are
accepted, response messages output by the 3166 are always in upper case
letters.
":VOLTage:AUTO"
(2) Decimal data

The numeric data values are all represented in decimal, in three formats
identified as NR1, NR2 and NR3, and each of these can appear as either a
signed number or an unsigned number. Unsigned numbers are taken as
positive.
Further, if the accuracy of a numerical value exceeds the range with which the
3166 can deal, it is rounded off. (5 and above is rounded up; 4 and below is
rounded down).
NR1 format: integer data (+12, -23, 34)
NR2 format: fixed point numbers (+1.23, -23.45, 3.456)
NR3 format: floating point numbers (+1.2E-2, -2.3E+4)
The term "NRf format" includes all these three formats.

When the 3166 is receiving it accepts NRf format. When it is sending
response messages it utilizes whichever one of the formats NR1 to NR3 is
indicated in the particular command.
All of the following examples set the PT 10:

":SCALe:PT 10"
":SCALe:PT 10.2"
":SCALe:PT 1.04E1"

167
11.3.7 Abbreviation of Compound Commands

When several compound commands have a common head portion, for example
:SCAL:PT and :SCAL:CT, then, when and only when writing them directly
following on from one another, this common portion (:SCAL: in this example)
can be omitted from each command. This common portion is called "the
current path", by analogy with the general concept of the current directory in
the directory structure of UNIX or MS-DOS, and until it is cleared the
analysis of following commands is performed by deeming them to be preceded
by the current path which has been curtailed in the interests of brevity. This
manner of using the current path is shown in the following example:
Normal expression
":SCALe:CT 2;:SCALe:PT 10;:SCALe:CT?"
Abbreviated expression:
":SCALe:CT 2;PT 10;CT?"
This becomes the current path, and can be curtailed from the following
commands.
The current path is cleared when the power is turned on, when a system reset
is performed by key input, when a colon ":" appears at the start of a command,
and when delimiter is detected.
NOTE
Messages of standard command form can be executed without relation to the
current path.
However, in order to prevent confusion with abbreviated forms and mistakes
in operation, it is recommended practice always to prefix ":" to headers.
With the 3166, there are nine possible current paths:
":CURRent:"
":DEMand:"
":DISPlay:"
":INTEgrate:"
":MEASure:"
":NORMal:"
":SCALe:"
":TRANsmit:"
":VOLTage:"

168
11.3.8 Output Queue

Response messages accumulate in the output queue and are read out as data
and cleared by the personal computer. The output queue is also cleared in the
following circumstances:
1. Turing on the power
2. Reset by key input
3. Query error.
If a new message is received while there is data in the output queue, the
output queue is cleared and a query error is generated.
11.3.9 Input Buffer

The capacity of the power meters input buffer is 1024 bytes. If more than
1024 bytes of data are to be transmitted and the buffer becomes full, data is
read and discarded until analysis of the data in the input buffer is complete.
(This applies when XON/XOFF control and RTS/CTS control are disabled.)

169
11.4 Command Reference

This section explains each command in detail.
11.4.1 Description of the Command Reference Format
Syntax Indicates the command syntax.
data Indicates the data format for a command that includes data.
Function Describes the function of the command.
Note Describes points that require special attention when using the command.
Response Indicated only for commands for which a response message is returned.
Error Indicates the what kinds of errors might occur. Note that misspellings are
a type of error that applies to all commands, and are therefore not explicitly
mentioned.
Example Shows a simple example illustrating the usage of the command. All
transmissions are indicated in "short form."
Transmission: A command that is sent by the controller
Response: Data that is received by the controller
NOTE
A "query" is a request to retrieve setting information or measured values. If
an error occurs during a query, no query response message is generated.
In the case of a system error, the query is not executed and a device-
dependent error results.

170
11.4.2 Commands
AVERaging
Display averaging time setting
Syntax AVERaging data
data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the number of measurements over which the display averaging time is
to be performed.
data can be received in NRf format, but after the decimal point 5 and above
will be rounded up while 4 and below will be rounded down.
Note Setting the averaging time causes a restart.
Error If data is not in NRf format, a command error is generated.

If data is not one of the above listed values, an execution error is generated.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If this command is executed in the HOLD state .
In the event of a system error (the command is not executed).
Integration or demand measurement is in progress.
Example Transmission ":AVER 2"

Display averaging time is set to 2.
AVERaging?
Display averaging time query
Syntax AVERaging?
Function Returns the current setting of the number of measurements over which the
display averaging time is to be performed, as a numerical value (data) in
NR1 format.
Response If headers are ON "AVERAGING data"

syntax If headers are OFF "data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFF

Transmission ":AVER?" ":AVER?"
Response ":AVERAGING 2" "2"

171
BACKlight
Backlight setting
Syntax BACKlight data
data ON, OFF, AUTO (character data)
Function Turns the LCD backlight on and off.
Error If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an command
error is generated.
Example Transmission ":BACK ON"

Turns the LCD backlight on.
BACKlight?
Backlight setting query
Syntax BACKlight?
Function Returns the current backlight setting in (data) as either ONOFF or

AUTO OFF .
Response If headers are ON ":BACKLIGHT ON"

syntax If headers are OFF "ON"

Transmission ":BACK?" ":BACK?"
Response ":BACKLIGHT ON" "ON"

172
BEEPer
Key beep ON or OFF setting
Syntax BEEPer data
data ON, OFF (character data)
Function Turns the key beep on and off.
Error If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.
Example Transmission ":BEEP ON"

Turns the key beep on.
BEEPer?
Key beep setting query
Syntax BEEPer?
Function Returns the current key beep setting in (data) as either ON or OFF.
Response If headers are ON ":BEEPER ON"

syntax If headers are OFF "ON"

Transmission ":BEEP?" ":BEEP?"
Response ":BEEPER ON" "ON"

173
CLOCk
Real time (system clock) setting
Syntax CLOCk data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6
data data1 Year 1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1 format)

data2 Month 1 to 12 (numerical data in NR1 format)
data3 Day 1 to 31 (numerical data in NR1 format)
data4 Hours 0 to 23 (numerical data in NR1 format)
data5 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
data6 Seconds 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the real time (system clock) to the actual date and time.
Note If this command is executed while measurement is in progress in Normal

Measurement mode, the data concerning the time at which the minimum
and maximum values were generated will be invalid.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:

If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
during demand measurement.
When the system error occurs.
An execution error results in the following cases:
If an attempt was made to specify a nonexistent date.
Example Transmission ":CLOC 1997,02,28,18,04,30"

Sets the system clock to 18:04:30, February 28, 1997.
CLOCk?
Real time (system clock) query
Syntax CLOCk?
Function Returns the current date and time according to the system clock in (data1)
through (data6), all in the form of NR1 numeric data.
Response If headers are ON ":CLOCK data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6"

Transmission ":CLOC?" ":CLOC?"
Response ":CLCOK 1997,02,28,15,25,40" "1997,02,28,15,25,40"

174
CONTrast
Contrast setting
Syntax CONTrast data
data 0 to 15 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the LCD contrast to one of 16 levels, from 0 to 15.
Error An execution error results if a value outside of the allowable range (a value
that is not an integer from 0 to 15) is specified.
Example Transmission ":CONT 8"
Sets the LCD contrast to "8".
CONTrast?
Contrast setting query
Syntax CONTrast?
Function Returns the current contrast setting in (data) in the form of NR1 numeric
data.
Response If headers are ON :CONTRAST data"


Transmission ":CONT?CURR" ":CONT?"
Response ":CONTRAST 8" "8"

175
CURRent?
Current range setting value query
Syntax CURRent?
Function Returns the presently set current range as a numerical value (data1) in
NR1 format and current aut ranging as "ON" or "OFF" (data2).
Note By using the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command, the message unit separator

can be changed from the semicolon ";" to the comma ",".
Response If headers are ON ":CURRENT:RANGE data1;AUTO data2"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1 ,data2"

Transmission ":CURR?" ":CURR?"
Response ":CURRENT:RANGE 20;AUTO OFF" "20;OFF"

176
CURRent:AUTO
Current auto range setting
Syntax CURRent:AUTO data
Function Turns current auto range.

When this command is executed in the hold state.
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.
If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an execution
error is generated.
Example Transmission ":CURR:AUTO ON"
Current auto range setting is turned on.
CURRent:AUTO?
Current auto range setting query
Syntax CURRent:AUTO?
Function Returns as "ON" or "OFF" (data) whether or not current (amperage) auto
ranging is presently enabled.
Response If headers are ON :CURRENT:AUTO data"


Transmission ":CURR:AUTO?" ":CURR:AUTO?"
Response ":CURRENT:AUTO ON" "ON"

177
CURRent:RANGe
Current range setting
Syntax CURRent:AUTO data
data 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the current range. The units are amps (A).

If the value other than setting 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 limits are set, an
execution error is generated.
Example Transmission ":CURR:RANG 50"

Sets to 50 A range.
CURRent:RANGe?
Current range setting query
Syntax CURRent:RANGe?
Function Returns the presently set current range as a numerical value (data) in NR1
format.
Response If headers are ON ":CURRENT:RANGE data"


Transmission ":CURR:RANG?" ":CURR:RANG?"
Response ":CURRENT:RANGE 20" "20"

178
DEMand:AOUT
Demand measurement D/A output item setting
Syntax DEMand:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4
data U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)

I1, I2, I3, IAVE (character data)
P, Q, S, PF, F (character data)
WP, +WP, -WP (character data)
Function Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in Demand measurement mode.
Error An execution error results if any character data other than that indicated
above is set for (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).
If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is not
available for the line being measured.
Example Transmission ":DEM:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"
Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to
"S" in Demand mode.
DEMand:AOUT?
Demand measurement D/A output item query
Syntax DEMand:AOUT?
Function Returns the Demand measurement mode D/A output item settings in
(data1) through (data4) in the form of character data.
Response If headers are ON ":DEMAND:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1,data2;data3,data4"

Transmission ":DEM:AOUT?" ":DEM:AOUT?D"
Response ":DEMAND:AOUT U1,P,Q,S" "U1,P,Q,S"

179
DEMand:AOUT:RATE
Demand measurement integrated output rate setting
Syntax DEMand:AOUT:RATE data1,data2,data3,data4
data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (numerical data in NR 1)

1: 5 V/5 kWh
2: 5 V/10 kWh
3: 5 V/50 kWh
4: 5 V/100 kWh
5: 5 V/500 kWh
6: 5 V/1 MWh
Function Sets the output rate when an integrated value was specified for the D/A
output in Demand measurement mode.
Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).
Example Transmission ":DEM:AOUT:RATE 1"
Sets the Demand mode D/A output rate to "5 V/5 kWh".
DEMand:AOUT:RATE?
Demand measurement integrated output rate query
Syntax DEMand:AOUT:RATE?
Function Returns the Demand measurement mode D/A output rate setting.
Response If headers are ON ":DEMAND:AOUT:RATE data"


Transmission ":DEM:AOUT:RATE?" ":DEM:AOUT:RATE?"
Response ":DEMAND:AOUT:RATE 1" "1"

180
DEMand:DATAout:FD
Demand measurement FD automatic output setting
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FD data
Function Sets Demand measurement mode FD automatic to either "ON" or "OFF".
Note If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,
this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to execute
automatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not be
executed.
Error If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an execution
error is generated.
Example Transmission ":DEM:DATA:FD ON"
Demand measurement mode FD automatic setting is turned on.
DEMand:DATAout:FD?
Demand measurement FD automatic output query
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FD?
Function Returns the current Demand measurement mode FD automatic output

query in (data) as either ON or OFF.
Response If headers are ON ":CURRENT:AUTO data"


Transmission ":DEM:DATA:FD?" ":DEM:DATA:FD?"
Response ":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FD ON" "ON"

181
DEMand:DATAout:FILEname
Demand measurement FD output file name setting
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FILEname data
data Character string consisting of up to 8 normal-sized characters
Function Sets the file name that is used for Demand measurement mode FD output.
Note The following characters can be used in file names:

Upper-case letters from A to Z
Numbers form 0 to 9
-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ,
Shift JIS codes
A file extension cannot be specified.
If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
executed.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:

An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
cannot be used in (data).
An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character
string that consisted of 9 or more characters.
Example Transmission ":DEM:DATA:FILE TEST"

Sets "TEST" as the file name for Demand measurement mode FD output.
DEMand:DATAout:FILEname?
Demand measurement FD output file name query
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FILEname?
Function Returns the name of the file used for Demand measurement mode FD
output in (data) in the form of a character string.
Response If headers are ON ":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FILENAME data"


Transmission ":DEM:DATA:FILE?" ":DATA:DEM:FILE?"
Response ":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST" "TEST"

182
DEMand:DATAout:ITEM
Demand print/save item setting
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2,data3,data4
data data1, data2, data3,data4 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
data1 Instantan- Instantan- Instantan-
eous eous eous
power current voltage
data2 Minimum Minimum Minimum Maximum Maximum Maximum
power current voltage power current voltage
data3 Power Average

integration value
data4 Integration Monthly Weekly Daily Demand
report report report
Function Sets the print/save items for Demand measurement mode. Send data with
the bits corresponding to the items to be output set.
No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.
Error If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
Example Transmission ":DEM:DATA:ITEM 7,63,3,31"

Sets the Demand measurement mode print/save items to "all data".
DEMand:DATAout:ITEM?
Demand print/save item query
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:ITEM?
Function Returns the print/save items for Demand measurement mode as a

numerical value (data1, data2, data3, data4) in NR1 format. This value is
one of the set: 0 through 255.
Response If headers are ON ":DEMAND:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2,data3,data4"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1,data2,data3,data4"

Transmission ":DEM:DATA:ITEM?" ":DEM:DATA:ITEM?"
Response ":DEMAND:DATAOUT:ITEM "7,0,0,0"
7,0,0,0"

183
DEMand:STARt
Demand measurement start in demand measurement mode
Syntax DEMand:STARt
data No present
Function Puts demand measurement into the wait state.
Note If this command is executed, the power meter enters the demand
measurement wait state. If the demand measurement start time has
already passed when the power meter enters this state, demand
measurement is not executed.

Example Transmission ":DEM:STAR"
Puts demand measurement into the wait state.

184
DEMand:STARt:TIME
Demand measurement start time setting
Syntax DEMand:STARt:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5

Function Sets the demand measurement start time.
Note If a time that has already passed is set, demand measurement does not
begin.
Error An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.

Example Transmission ":DEM:STAR:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"
Sets the demand measurement start time to 20:45:00 on January 8, 1997.
DEMand:STARt:TIME?
Demand measurement start time query
Syntax DEMand:STARt:TIME?
Function The demand start time is returned in (data1) through (data5). (All as NR1
numeric data.)
Response If headers are ON ":DEMAND:START:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"

Transmission ":DEM:STAR:TIME?" ":DEM:STAR:TIME?"
Response ":DEMAND:START:TIME "1997,1,8,20,45"
1997,1,8,20,45"

185
DEMand:STATe?
Demand measurement status query
Syntax DEMand:STATe?
data 0, 1, 2, 3 (NR1 numeric data)

0: Reset
1: In standby
2: Demanding
3: Stopped
Function Returns the demand measurement status by means of NR1 numeric data
(data).
Response If headers are ON ":DEMAND:STATE data"


Transmission ":DEM:STATE?" ":DEM:STAT?"
Response ":DEMAND:STATE 1" "1"
DEMand:STOP
Demand measurement stop in demand measurement mode
Syntax DEMand:STARt
data No present
Function Stops demand measurement.

Example Transmission ":DEM:STAR"
Stops demand measurement.

186
DEMand:STOP:TIME
Demand measurement stop time setting
Syntax DEMand:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5

Function Sets the demand measurement stop time.
Error If an attempt was made to specify a nonexistent date, a command error is

generated.
An execution error results if an attempt was made to set a time that
precedes the demand measurement start time.
Example Transmission ":DEM:STOP:TIME 1997,02,28,18,04"
Sets the demand measurement stop time to 16:18:04 on February 28, 1997.
DEMand:STOP:TIME?
Demand measurement stop time query
Syntax DEMand:STOP:TIME?
Function Returns the demand measurement stop time in (data1) through (data5), all
in the form of NR1 numeric data.
Response If headers are ON ":DEMAND:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"


Transmission ":DEM:STOP:TIME?" ":DEM:STOP:TIME?"
Response ":DEMAND:STOP:TIME "1997,02,28,18,04"
1997,02,28,18,04"

187
DEMand:TIME
Demand time setting
Syntax DEMand:TIME data
data 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (numerical data in NR1 format)

0: 5 minutes 6: 3 hours
4: 1 hour 10: 12 hours
5: 2 hours
Function Sets the demand measurement time.
set for (data).
Example Transmission ":DEM:TIME 3"
Sets the demand measurement time to 30 minutes.
DEMand:TIME?
Demand time query
Syntax DEMand:TIME?
Function Returns the demand period setting.
Response If headers are ON ":DEMAND:TIME data"


Transmission ":DEM:TIME?" ":DEM:TIME?"
Response ":DEMAND:TIME 3" "3"

188
DEMand:TRANs
Transformer capacity setting
Syntax DEMand:TRANs data
Function Sets the transformer capacity. The unit is " VA".

Although values in NRf format are accepted in (data).
Note If the transformer capacity is set to "0", the TLF calculation is not made.
Error An execution error results if an attempt was made to set a value outside of
the range indicated above.
Example Transmission ":DEM:TRAN 3000"
Sets the transformer capacity to 3 kVA.
DEMand:TRANs?
Transformer capacity query
Syntax DEMand:TRANs?
Function Returns the transformer capacity setting by means of NR3 numeric data
(data).
Response If headers are ON ":DEMAND data"

data +1.2345E+03 (numerical data in NR3) format

Transmission ":DEM:TRAN?" ":DEM:TRAN?"
Response ":DEMAND:TRANS +1.2345E+03" "+1.2345E+03"

189
DISPlay?
Display screen query
Syntax DISPlay?
Function Returns the screen that is currently being displayed.
Note Note that if the header setting is OFF, only the data portion is returned,
making it impossible to determine which screen is being displayed.
If FD mode or Setting mode is displayed, the response is "FD" or
"STATUS, respectively.
Response If headers are ON ":DISP:INTEGRATE data"


Transmission ":DISP?" ":DISP?"
Response ":DISPLAY:NORMAL 1" "1"

190
DISPlay:DEMand
Demand measurement mode display
Syntax DISPlay:DEMand data

1: Instantaneous value
2: Integrated minimum/maximum
3: Integrated 1/2
4: Integrated 2/2
5: Demand minimum/maximum
6: Demand 1/2
7: Demand 2/2
8: Daily report minimum/maximum
9: Daily report 1/2
10:Daily report 2/2
11:Weekly report minimum/maximum
12:Weekly report 1/2
13:Weekly report 2/2
14:Monthly report minimum/maximum
15:Monthly report 1/2
16:Monthly report 2/2
Function Displays the Demand measurement mode screen.
Note If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value data

and the integrated measurement data are reset.
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during
integrated measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOP
command to release the power meter from the integrating state before
executing this command.

An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).
Example Transmission ":DISPLAY:DEMAND 1"
Displays the Demand mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.

191
DISPlay:INTEgrate
Integrated measurement mode display
Syntax DISPlay:INTEgrate data
data 1, 2, 3, 4 (numerical data in NR1 format)

1: Instantaneous value
2: Minimum/maximum
3: Integrated 1/2
4: Integrated 2/2
Function Displays the Integrated Measurement mode screen.
Note If this command is executed, the current minimum/maximum value data

demand measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOP
command to release the power meter from the integrating state before
executing this command.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generate:

set for (data).
Example Transmission ":DISP:INTE 1"
Displays the Integrated mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.

192
DISPlay:NORMal
Normal measurement mode display
Syntax DISPlay:NORMal data
data 1, 2 (numerical data in NR1 format)

1:Instantaneous value
2: Minimum/maximum
Function Displays the Normal Measurement mode screen.
Note If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value data

executing integrated measurement or demand measurement. Use the
STOP command to release the power meter from the integrating state
before executing this command.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated.

(1) If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
(2) In the event of a system error.
set for (data).
Example Transmission ":DISP:NORM 1"
Displays the Normal Measurement mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.

193
DISPlay:INItial
Initial screen display
Syntax DISPlay:INItial
data No present
Function Displays the initial screen.
Note If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or

executing integrated measurement and demand measurement, a device-
dependent error results. Use the STOP command to release the power
meter from the integrating state before executing this command.

executing integrated measurement and demand measurement.
Example Transmission ":DISP:INI"
Displays the initial screen.
DRESet
Data reset execution
Syntax DRESet
data No present
Function Executes a data reset, clearing the minimum/maximum value data,

integrated data, and demand data.

) In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DRES"
Executes a data reset.

194
FREQuency
Measurement line frequency setting
Syntax FREQuency data
data 50, 60, 400 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the frequency of the line that is to be measured.
Note If this setting is not correct, it may be impossible to obtain correct

measurements.
set for (data).
Example Transmission ":FREQ 60"
Sets the frequency of the line being measured as "60 Hz".
FREQuency?
Measurement line frequency setting query
Syntax FREQuency?
Function Returns the setting for the frequency of the line being measured.
Response If headers are ON ":FREQUENCY data"


Transmission ":FREQ?" ":FREQ?"
Response ":FREQUENCY 60" "60"

195
HEADer
Header setting
Syntax HEADer data
Function Sets whether or not a header is included in RS-232C command responses.
Error A device-dependent error results if any character data other than "ON" or
"OFF" is set for <data>. (While in integrated measurement or demand
measurement standby, or during integrated measurement)
Example Transmission ":HEAD OFF"
Sets the header to OFF.
HEADer?
Header setting query
Syntax HEADer?
Function Returns the header setting.
Note With this query, if any error occurs, no response message is produced.
Response If headers are ON ":HEADER data"

syntax If headers are OFF "OFF"

Transmission ":HEAD?" ":HEAD?"
Response ":HEADER ON" "OFF"

196
HOLD
Data hold setting
Syntax HOLD data
Function Sets data hold measurement to ON or OFF.
Error An execution error results if a character setting other than those indicated
above is specified in (data).
Example Transmission ":HOLD ON"

Sets the data hold to ON.
HOLD?
Hold setting query
Syntax HOLD?
Function Returns the data hold setting.
Response If headers are ON ":HOLD data"


Transmission ":HOLD?" ":HOLD?"
Response ":HOLD ON" "ON"

197
INTEgrate:AUOT
Integrated measurement D/A output item setting
Syntax DEMand:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4

P, Q, S, PF, F (character data)
WP, +WP, -WP (character data)
Function Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in Integrated measurement

mode.
Error An execution error results if any data other than that indicated above is set
for (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).
Example Transmission ":INTE:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"
"S" in Integrated measurement mode.
INTEgrate:AUTO?
Integrated measurement D/A output item query
Syntax INTEgrate:AOUT?
Function Returns the Integrated mode D/A output item settings in (data1) through
(data4) in the form of character data.
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4"


Transmission ":INTE:AOUT?" ":INTE:AOUT?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:AOUT U1,P,Q,S" "U1,P,Q,S"

198
INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE
Integrated measurement D/A output rate setting
Syntax INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE data
data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ,6 (numerical data in NR1 format)

1: 5 V/5 kWh
2: 5 V/10 kWh
3: 5 V/50 kWh
4: 5 V/100 kWh
5: 5 V/500 kWh
6: 5 V/1 MWh
Function Sets the output rate when an integrated value was specified for the D/A
output in Integrated mode.
Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is set
for (data).
Example Transmission ":INTE:AOUT:RATE 1"
Sets the D/A output item to 5 V/5 kWh in Integrated measurement mode.
INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE?
Integrated measurement D/A output rate query
Syntax INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE?
Function Returns the Integrated mode D/A output rate setting.
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:AOUT:RATE data"


Transmission ":INTE:AOUT:RATE?" ":INTE:AOUT:RATE?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:AOUT:RATE 1" "1"

199
INTEgrate:DATAout:FD
Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output setting
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FD data
Function Sets Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output to ON or OFF.
Note If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
executed.
Error If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an execution
error is generated.
Example Transmission ":INTE:DATA:FD ON"
Sets integrated mode FD automatic output to on.
INTEgrate:DATAout:FD?
Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output query
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FD?
Function Returns the current Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output

query indataas either ON or OFF.
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FD data"


Transmission ":INTE:DATA:FD?" ":INTE:DATA:FD?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FD ON" "ON"

200
INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname
Integrated measurement FD output file name setting
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname data
Function Sets the file name that is used for Demand measurement mode FD output.

Numbers form 0 to 9
-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ,
Shift JIS codes
executed.
Error An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
Example Transmission ":INTE:DATA:FILE TEST"

Sets "TEST" as the file name for Integrated measurement mode FD output.
INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname?
Integrated measurement FD output file name query
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname data
Function Returns the name of the file used for Integrated measurement mode FD
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FILENAME data"


Transmission ":INTE:DATA:FILE?" ":INTE:DATA:FILE?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST" "TEST"

201
INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM
Integrated measurement print/save item setting
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2,data3
data data1, data2, data3 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
eou eou eou
data3 Power Average

integration value
Function Sets the save/print items for Integrated measurement mode. Send data
with the bits corresponding to the items to be output set to "1".
Example Transmission ":INTE:DATA:ITEM 7,63,3"

Sets the Integrated measurement mode save/print items to "all data".
INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM?
Integrated measurement print/save item query
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM?
Function Returns the items set for print/save in Integrated measurement mode in
(data1), (data2), or (data3) in the form of NR1 numeric data ranging from
0 to 255.
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2,data3"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1,data2,data3"

Transmission ":INTE:DATA:ITEM?" ":INTE:DATA:ITEM?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:ITEM 7,0,0" "7,0,0"

202
INTEgrate:INTerval
Output interval setting
Syntax INTEgrate:INTerval data1,data2
data data1 Hours 0 to 1000 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the output interval timer (the automatic output interval during
integration).
Error An execution error results if an attempt is made to set a time outside of the
ranges indicated above.
Example Transmission ":INTE:INT 1,0"
Sets the output interval timer to 1 hour.
INTEgrate:INTerval?
Output interval timer query
Syntax INTEgrate:INTerval?
Function Returns the output interval timer in (data1), (data2) in the form of NR1
numeric data .
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:INTERVAL data1,data2"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1,data2"

Transmission ":INTE:INT?" ":INTE:INT?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:INTERVAL 1,0" "1,0"

203
INTEgrate:STARt
Integrated measurement start in integrated measurement mode
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt
data No present
Function Starts integration.
Note If the integration start method is set to "TIME", the power meter enters the
integrated measurement wait state. If the integrated measurement start
time has already passed when the power meter enters this state,
integration is not executed.

Example Transmission ":INTE:STAR"
Starts integration (or puts the power meter in the integrated measurement
wait state).

204
INTEgrate:STARt:METHod
Integrated measurement start method setting
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:METHod data
data MANUAL, TIME (character data)
Function Sets the integrated measurement start method.

An command error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
Example Transmission ":INTE:STAR:METH TIME"
Sets the integrated measurement start method to TIME.
INTEgrate:STARt:METHod?
Integrated measurement start method query
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:METHod?
Function Returns the Integrated measurement start time settings in (data) in the
form of character data.
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:START:METHOD data"


Transmission ":INTE:STAR:METH?" ":INTE:STAR:METH?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:START:METHOD "TIME"
TIME"

205
INTEgrate:STARt:TIME
Integrated measurement start method setting
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5

Function Sets the Integrated measurement start time.
Note If a time that has already passed is set, integrated measurement does not
begin.

Example Transmission ":INTE:STAR:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"
Sets the Integrated measurement start time to 20:45 on January 8, 1997.
INTEgrate:STARt:TIME?
Integrated measurement start time query
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:TIME?
Function The integrated measurement start time is returned in (data1) through

(data6). (All as NR1 numeric data.)
Response If headers are ON ":INTE:STAR:TIME?"


Transmission ":DEM:STAR:TIME?" ":INTE:STAR:TIME?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:START:TIME "1997,1,8,20,45"
1997,1,8,20,45"

206
INTEgrate:STATe?
Integrated measurement status query
Syntax INTEgrate:STATe?
data 0, 1, 2, 3 (NR1 numeric data)

0: Reset
1: In standby
2: Demanding
3: Stopped
Function Returns the demand measurement status by means of NR1 numeric data
(data).
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:STATE data"


Transmission ":INTE:STAT?" ":INTE:STAT?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:STATE 1" "1"
INTEgrate:STOP
Integrated measurement stop in integrated measurement mode
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP
data No present
Function Stops integration.

Example Transmission ":INTE:STOP"
Stops integration.

207
INTEgrate:STOP:METHod
Integrated measurement stop method setting
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:METHod data
data MANUAL, TIME, TIMER (character data)
Function Sets the integrated measurement stop method.

An command error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
Example Transmission ":INTE:STOP:METH MANUAL"
Sets the integrated measurement start method to MANUAL.
INTEgrate:STOP:METHod?
Integrated measurement start method query
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:METHod?
Function Returns the integrated measurement start time settings in (data) in the
form of character data.
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:STOP:METHOD data"


Transmission ":INTE:STOP:METH?" ":INTE:STOP:METH?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:STOP:METHOD "MANUAL"
MANUAL"

208
INTEgrate:STOP:TIME
Integration stop time setting
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5

Function Sets the Integration stop time.

An execution error results if a time that has already passed is set.
Example Transmission ":INTE:STOP:TIME 1997,1,9,20,45"
Sets the Integrated measurement stop time to 20:45 on January 9, 1997.
INTEgrate:STOP:TIME?
Integration stop time query
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:TIME?
Function The integrated measurement stop time is returned in (data1) through

(data5). (All as NR1 numeric data.)
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"


Transmission ":INTE:STOP:TIME?" ":INTE:STOP:TIME?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:STOP:TIME "1997,1,9,20,45"
1997,1,9,20,45"

209
INTEgrate:TIMEr
Integrated timer setting
Syntax INTEgrate:TIMEr data1,data2,data3
data data1 Hours 10 to 1000 (numerical data in NR1 format)

data3 Seconds 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the integrated timer (integration time).
Note The minimum value for the integration timer is 10 seconds; the maximum
value is 1000 hours.
Error An execution error results if an attempt is made to set a time outside of the
ranges indicated above.
Example Transmission ":INTE:TIME 10,0,0"
Sets the integration timer (integration time) to 10 hours.
INTEgrate:TIMEr?
Integrated timer query
Syntax INTEgrate:TIMEr?
Function Returns the integrated timer (integration time) setting.
Response If headers are ON ":INTEGRATE:TIMER data1,data2,data3"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1,data2,data3"

Transmission ":INTE:TIME?" ":INTE:TIME?"
Response ":INTEGRATE:TIMER 10,0,0" "10,0,0"

210
KLOCk
Key lock execution
Syntax KLOCk data
Function Locks the keys.

When this command is executed in a mode other than measurement
mode.
An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
Example Transmission ":KLOC ON"
Locks the keys.
KLOCk?
Key lock execution query
Syntax KLOCk?
Function Returns the key lock execution status in (data) as either ON or OFF.
Response If headers are ON ":KLOCK data"


Transmission ":KLOC?" ":KLOC?"
Response ":KLOCK ON" "ON"

211
MEASure:DEMand:INSTant?
Demand measurement instantaneous data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:INSTant? data1,data2
data data1 0 to 255: Voltage, current instantaneous value specification

(numerical data in NR 1)
data2 0 to 255: Power instantaneous value specification
(numerical data in NR 1)
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
data1 Iave I3 I2 I1 Uave U3 U2 U1
data2 F PF S Q P
Function Returns the data for the measurement item specified by (data1) and
(data2).
Response Headers U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave (data1)

syntax P,Q,S,PF,F (data2)
Data formats +123.45E+67
Note The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a
comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:

If the measurement mode is not Demand Measurement mode
If a value outside of the setting range is set for either <data1> or <data2>, a
command error results.
Example Transmission ":MEAS:DEM:INST? 255,0"

Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1" ,"I2", "I3", and "Iave" from the
measurement data.

212
MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?
Demand measurement demand data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:DEMand? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,

data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
data data1 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification

(numerical data in NR1 format)
data2 0 to 255 Power maximum value specification
data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
data4 0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification
data5 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time
data6 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification
data9 0 to 255 Integrated active power, integrated reactive power
data10 0 to 255 Integrated apparent power specification
data11 0 to 255 Average value within a time period specification
data12 0 to 255 Maximum average value specification
data13 0 to 255 Maximum average value generation time specification

213
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
data1 I3max I2max I1max U3max U2max U1max
data2 Fmax DF-max PFmax Smax Q-max Qmax Pmax
data3 qtime DTI3 DTI2max DTI1 DTU3 DTU2 DTU1
max max max max max
data4 start DTF DTPF- DTPF DTSmax DTQ-max DTQmax DTPmax
max max max
data5 I3min I2min I1min U3min U2min U1min
data6 Fmin PF-min PFmin Smin Q-min Qmin Pmin
data7 DTI3 DTI2min DTI1 DTU3min DTU2min DTU1min
min min
data8 DTF DTPF-min DTPF DTSmin DTQ-min DTQmin DTPmin
min min
data9 WQ- WQ+ WQ WP- WP+ WP
data10 WS- WS+ WS
data11 TLF LF PFave Save Qave Pave
data12 TLFmax PFavemax Savemax Qavemax Pavemax
data13 DTTLFmax DTPFave DTSave DTQave DTPave
max max max max
Function Returns data on the measurement items specified by (data1) to (data13).

214
Response Headers
syntax
U1max,U2max,U3max,I1max,I2max,I3max data1
Pmax,Qmax,Q-max,Smax,PFmax,PF-max,Fmax data2
U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2maxDATE,U2max TIMEU3max DATE, data3
U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,I2max DATE,I2max TIME,
I3max DATE,I3max TIME,OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME
Pmax DATE,Pmax TIME,Qmax DATE,Qmax TIME,Q-max DATE, data4
Q-max TIME,Smax TIME,Smax DATE,PFmax DATE,PFmax TIME,
PF-max DATE,PF-max TIME,Fmax DATE,Fmax TIME,
START DATE,START TIME
U1min,U2min,U3min,I1min,I2min,I3min data5
Pmin,Qmin,Q-min,Smin,PFmin,PF-min,Fmin data6
U1min DATE,U1min TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME, data7
U3min DATE,U3min TIME,I1min DATE,I1min TIME,I2min DATE,
I2min TIME,I3min DATE,I3min TIME
Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE, data8
Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,
PF-min DATE,PF-min TIME,Fmin DATE,Fmin TIME
WP,WP+,WP-,WQ,WQ+,WQ- data9
WS,WS+,WS- data10
Pave,Qave,Save,PFave,LF,TLF data11
Pavemax,Qavemax,Savemax,PFavemax,LFmax,TLFmax data12
Pavemax DATE,Pavemax TIME,Qavemax DATE, data13
Qavemax TIME,Savemax DATE,Savemax TIME,
PFavemax DATE,PFavemax TIME,TLFmax DATE,TLFmax TIME
Data formats
Date yy/mm/dd
Hours hh:mm:ss
Max and min data,PF, +123.4E+0(9 characters in all)
F,PFave,Pave,Qave and
Save
Instantaneous value +123.45E+0(10 characters in all)
data except PF,F
Integrated value +123.456E+0(11 characters in all)

215
Note "qtime" for (data3) specifies the time at which this query was received.
"start" for (data4) specifies the starting time of the measurement for the
minimum/maximum values.
When "MEAS:DEMand:DEMand?" has been specified, nothing is output even
if "TLF" or "LF" is specified for (data11) and (data12) and (data13) are also
specified.
The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a
If the reactive power meter method is not used, even if "WQ-" or "WQ+" is
specified for (data9), nothing is output.
If the reactive power meter method is used, even if "WS-" or "WS+" is

If the measurement mode is not Demand measurement mode.
When no items at all are specified.
Example Transmission ":MEAS:DEM:DEM? 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,0,0"
Inquires about "Wh", "Wh+" and "Wh-" from the demand.

216
MEASure:DEMand:DAYly?
Demand measurement daily report data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:DAYly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,

data Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)

Example Transmission ":MEAS:DEM:DAY? 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,0,0,0,0"
Inquires about "Wh", "Wh+" and "Wh-" from the daily report.
MEASure:DEMand:WEEKly?
Demand measurement weekly report data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:WEEKly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,


MEASure:DEMand:MONthly?
Demand measurement monthly report data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:MONthly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,


MEASure:DEMand:INTEgrate?
Demand measurement integrated data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:INTEgrate? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,



217
MEASure:INTEgrate?
Integrated measurement data query
Syntax MEASure:INTEgrate? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,

data data1 0 to 255 Voltage, current instantaneous value specification

data2 0 to 255 Power instantaneous value specification
data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification
data7 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value specification
data8 0 to 255 Power minimum value specification
data11 0 to 255 Integrated active power, integrated reactive power,
data12 0 to 255 Integrated apparent power specification
data13 0 to 255 Average value within a time period specification

218
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
data2 F PF S Q P
data3 I3max I2max I1 U3max U2 U1
max max
data4 Fmax PF-max PF Smax Q-max Qmax Pmax
max
data5 qtime DTI3 DTI2 DTI1 DTU3 DTU2 DTU1
max max max max max max
max max max
data8 Fmin PF-min PF Smin Q-min Qmin Pmin
min
data9 DTI3 DTI2min DTI1 DU3min DTU2min DTU1min
min min
min min
data11 etime WQ- WQ+ WQ WP- WP+ WP
data12 WS- WS+ WS
data13 PFave Save Qave Pave
Response Headers
syntax
U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave data1
P,Q,S,PF,F data2
U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2max DATE,U2max TIME, data5
U3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,
I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,
OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME

219

U1min DATE,UImin TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME, data9
U3min DATE,U3min TIME
PF-min DATE,PF-minTIME,FminDATE,FminTIME
WP,WP+,WP-,WQ,WQ+,WQ-,ELAPSED TIME data11
WS,WS+,WS- data12
Pave,Qave,Save,PFave data13
Data formats
Date yy/mm/dd
Hours hh:mm:ss
Max, and min data,PF, +123.4E+0(9 characters in all)
F,PFave
data except PF,F and
Pave,Qave and Save
Integrated data +123.456E+0(11 characters in all)
Integrated elapsed hhhh:mm:ss
measurement time
"etime" for (data11) specifies the time at which integrated elapsed
measurement time.
If the reactive power meter method is used, even if "WS-" or "WS+" is
If the reactive power meter method is not used, even if "WQ-" or "WQ+" is

If the measurement mode is not Integrated measurement mode.
Example Transmission ":MEAS:INTE? 255,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0"
Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1", "I2", "I3" and "Iave" from the
measurement data.

220
MEASure:NORMal?
Normal measurement data query
Syntax MEASure:NORMal? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,

data8,data9,data10
data data1 0 to 255 Voltage, current instantaneous value specification

data2 0 to 255 Power instantaneous value specification
data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification
data7 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value specification
data8 0 to 255 Power minimum value specification
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
data2 F PF S Q P
data3 I3max I2max I1max U3max U2max U1max
data4 Fmax PF-max PF Smax Q-max Qmax Pmax
max
data5 qtime DTI3 DTI2max DTI1 DTU3 DTU2 DTU1
max max max max max
max max max
data8 Fmin PF-min PF Smin Q-min Qmin Pmin
min
data9 DTI3 DTI2min DTI1 DU3min DTU2min DTU1min
min min
min min

221
Response Headers
syntax
U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave data1
P,Q,S,PF,F data2
U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2max DATE,U2max TIME, data5
U3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,
I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,
OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME
U1min DATE,UImin TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME, data9
U3min DATE,U3min TIME
PF-min DATE,PF-minTIME,FminDATE,FminTIME
Data formats
Date yy/mm/dd
Hours hh:mm:ss
Max and min data, PF, +123.4E+0(9 characters in all)
F
data except PF,F

If the measurement mode is not Normal measurement mode.
Example Transmission ":MEAS:NORM? 255,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0"
Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1", "I2", "I3" and "Iave" from the
measurement data.

222
NORMal:AOUT
Normal measurement D/A output item setting
Syntax NORMal:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4

P, Q, S (character data)
PF,F (character data)
Function Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in normal measurement mode.
Error An execution error results if any data other than that indicated above is set
for (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).
Example Transmission ":NORM:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"
"S" in Integrated measurement mode.
NORMal:AOUT?
Normal measurement D/A output item query
Syntax NORMal:AOUT?
Function Returns the normal measurement mode D/A output item settings in
(data1) through (data4) in the form of character data.
Response If headers are ON ":NORMAL:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4"


Transmission ":NORM:AOUT?" ":NORM:AOUT?"
Response ":NORMAL:AOUT U1,P,Q,S" "U1,P,Q,S"

223
NORMal:DATAout:FILEname
Normal measurement FD output file name setting
Syntax NORMal:DATAout:FILEname data
Function Sets the file name that is used for normal measurement mode FD output.

Numbers form 0 to 9
-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ,
Shift JIS codes
this command itself ends normally.
Error An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
Example Transmission ":NORM:DATA:FILE TEST"

Sets "TEST" as the file name for normal measurement mode FD output.
NORMal:DATAout:FILEname?
Normal measurement FD output file name query
Syntax NORMal:DATAout:FILEname?
Function Returns the name of the file used for normal measurement mode FD
Response If headers are ON ":NORMAL:DATAOUT:FILENAME data"


Transmission ":NORM:DATA:FILE?" ":NORM:DATA:FILE?"
Response ":NORMAL:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST" "TEST"

224
NORMal:DATAout:ITEM
Normal measurement print/save item setting
Syntax NORMal:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2
data data1, data2 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
eou eou eou
Function Sets the print/save items for normal measurement mode. Send data with
the bits corresponding to the items to be output set.
Example Transmission ":NORM:DATA:ITEM 7,63"

Sets the normal measurement mode print/save items to "all data".
NORMal:DATAout:ITEM?
Normal measurement print/save item query
Syntax NORMal:DATAout:ITEM?
Function Returns the print/save items for normal measurement mode as a numerical
value (data1, data2) in NR1 format. This value is one of the set: 0 through
255.
Response If headers are ON ":NORMAL:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1,data2"

Transmission ":NORM:DATA:ITEM?" ":NORM:DATA:ITEM?"
Response ":NORMAL:DATAOUT:ITEM 7,0" "7,0"

225
OPERationvar
Reactive power operation method setting
Syntax OPERationvar data

ON: Calculates the reactive power by means of the reactive power meter
method.
OFF: Calculates the reactive power on the basis of the effective value.
Function Sets whether or not the reactive power meter method is to be used.
Note If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value data is

reset. Does not utilize the reactive power meter method.
Error If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", a command error
is generated.
Example Transmission ":OPER OFF"
Specifies that the reactive meter method is not being used.
OPERationvar?
Reactive power operation method query
Syntax OPERationvar?
Function Returns the reactive power operation method setting query in (data) as
either ON or OFF.
Response If headers are ON ":OPERATIONVAR data"


Transmission ":OPER?" ":OPER?"
Response ":OPERATIONVAR OFF" "OFF"

226
RESEt
System reset execution
Syntax RESEt
data No present
Function Executes a system reset, restoring all settings to their factory settings.

Example Transmission ":RESE"
Executes a system reset.

227
SAMPling
Sampling method setting
Syntax SAMPling data
data PLL, CLOCK (character data)
Function Sets the sampling method.
Note If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.
Error If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.

executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a device-
Example Transmission ":SAMP CLOCK"
Sets the sampling method to the fixed clock .
SAMPling?
Sampling method setting check query
Syntax SAMPling?
Function Returns the sampling method setting in (data) as either PLL or CLOCK.
Response If headers are ON ":SAMPLING data"


Transmission ":SAMP?" ":SAMP?"
Response ":SAMPLING CLOCK" "CLOCK"

228
SCALe:CT
CT ratio setting
Syntax SCALe:CT data
data 0.01 to 10000.00 (numerical data in NR2 format)
Function The current value of CT ratio is set.

If data is not in NRf format.
Example Transmission ":SCAL:CT 1"

The CT ratio is set to 1.
SCALe:CT?
CT ratio setting query
Syntax SCALe:CT?
Function The current value of CT ratio is returned as a numerical value (data) in

NR2 numerical format.
Note With this query, if any error occurs, no response message is produced.
Response If headers are ON ":SCALE:CT data"

data +1.00000E-02 to +1.00000E+04

Transmission ":SCAL:CT?" ":SCAL:CT?"
Response ":SCALE:CT +1.00000E+00" "+1.00000E+00"

229
SCALe:PT
PT ratio setting
Syntax SCALe:PT data
data 1 to 10000 (numerical value in NR1 format)
Function The current value of PT ratio is set.

Note If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.
Setting the averaging count.
Example Transmission ":SCAL:PT 1"

The PT ratio is set to 1.
SCALe:PT?
PT ratio setting query
Syntax SCALe:PT?
Function The current value of PT ratio is returned as a numerical value (data) in

NR1 numerical format.
Response If headers are ON ":SCALE:PT data"


Transmission ":SCAL:PT?" ":SCAL:PT?"
Response ":SCALE:PT 1" "1"

230
SOURce
PLL synchronization source, frequency measurement source setting
Syntax SOURce data
data U1, I1 (character data)
Function Sets the source for PLL synchronization and for frequency measurement.
Note If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.
Example Transmission ":SOUR U1"

Sets the voltage (U1) as the source for PLL synchronization and for
frequency measurement.
SOURce?
PLL synchronization source, frequency measurement source query
Syntax SOURce?
Function Returns the PLL synchronization and frequency measurement source

setting in (data) as either U1 or I1.
Response If headers are ON ":SOURCE data"


Transmission ":SOUR?" ":SOUR?"
Response ":SOURCE U1" "U1"

231
TRANsmit:SEParator
Separator setting
Syntax TRANsmit:SEParator data
data 1, 2 (numerical data in NR1 format)

1: Sets the semicolon ";" as the separator.
2: Sets the comma "," as the separator.
Function Sets the separator for RS-232C command responses.
Example Transmission ":TRAN:SEP 1"

Sets the semicolon as the separator.
TRANsmit:SEParator?
Separator setting query
Syntax TRANsmit:SEParator?
Function Returns the setting for the separator for RS-232C command responses as
NR1 numeric data (<data>).
Response If headers are ON ":TRANSMIT:SEPARATOR data"


Transmission ":TRAN:SEP?" ":TRAN:SEP?"
Response ":TRANSMIT:SEPARATOR 1" "1"

232
TRANsmit:TERMinator
Delimiter setting
Syntax TRANsmit:TERMinator data

1: Sets "CR" as the delimiter.
2: Sets "LF" as the delimiter.
3: Sets "CR" and "LF" as the delimiters .
Function Sets the delimiter for RS-232C command responses. (Setting when sending
the delimiter from the personal computer interface setting item.)
set for (data).
Example Transmission ":TRAN:TERM 1"
Sets "CR" as the delimiter.
TRANsmit:TERMinator?
Delimiter setting query
Syntax TRANsmit:TERMinator?
Function Returns the delimiter setting query in (data) as either 1, 2 or 3.
Response If headers are ON ":TRANSMIT:TERMINATOR data"


Transmission ":TRAN:TERM?" ":TRAN:TERM?"
Response ":TRANSMIT:TERMINATOR 1" "1"

233
VOLTage?
Voltage range setting value query
Syntax VOLTage?
Function Returns the presently set voltage range as a numerical value (data1) in
NR1 format, and also returns whether voltage auto-ranging is presently
taking place or not as "ON" or "OFF" (as data2).
Note By using the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command, the message unit separator

can be changed from the semicolon ";" to the comma ",".
Response If headers are ON ":VOLTAGE:RANGE data1;AUTO data2"

syntax If headers are OFF "data1;data2"

Transmission ":VOLT?" ":VOLT?"
Response ":VOLTAGE:RANGE 150;AUTO "150;OFF"
OFF"

234
VOLTage:AUTO
Turns voltage auto rang setting
Syntax VOLTage:AUTO data
Function Turns voltage auto ranging ON or OFF.

If this command is executed in the hold state.
If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an execution
error is generated.
Example Transmission ":VOLT:AUTO ON"

Voltage auto range setting is turned on.
VOLTage:AUTO?
Voltage auto rang setting query
Syntax VOLTage:AUTO?
Function Returns as "ON" or "OFF" (data) whether or not voltage auto ranging is
presently enabled.
Response If headers are ON ":VOLTAGE:AUTO data"


Transmission ":VOLT:AUTO?" ":VOLT:AUTO?"
Response ":VOLTAGE:AUTO ON" "ON"

235
VOLTage:RANGe
Voltage range setting
Syntax VOLTage:RANGe data
Function Sets the voltage range. The units are volts (V).

data is other than NRf format data, an execution error is generated.
Example Transmission ":VOLT:RANG 150"

The range is set to 150 V.
VOLTage:RANGe?
Voltage rang setting query
Syntax VOLTage:RANGe?
Function Returns the presently set voltage range as a numerical value in NR1
format.
Response If headers are ON ":VOLTAGE:RANGE data"


Transmission ":VOLT:RANG?" ":VOLT:RANG?"
Response ":VOLTAGE:RANGE 150" "150"

236
WIRing
Wiring method setting
Syntax WIRing data
data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (numerical data in NR1 format)

1: Single-phase, two-wire
2: Single-phase, three-wire
3: Three-phase, three-wire, two-current
4: Three-phase, three-wire, three-current
5: Three-phase, four-wire
Function Sets the wiring method.

If this command is executed, the current minimum/maximum value data is
reset.
set for <data>.
integrated measurement, a device-dependent error results.
Example Transmission ":WIR 1"

Sets the wiring method as single-phase, two-wire.
WIRing?
Wiring method setting query
Syntax WIRing?
Function Returns the wiring method setting as a numerical value in NR1 format.
Response If headers are ON ":WIRING data"


Transmission ":WIR?" ":WIR?"
Response ":WIRING 1" "1"

237
11.5 Sample Program
The sample program illustrates how to use the RS-232C interface.

Operation of the program on an IBM-PC/AT Computer has been confirmed.
Setting condition
Voltage: 150 V range
Current: 100 A range
PT ratio: 1
CT ratio: 1
Reactive power meter method: Not used
Measurement mode: Integrated measurement
Integration time: 1 hour (timer setting)
Integration data: Active power, reactive power, apparent power, average value
within a time period
11.5 Sample Program

238
11.5.1 RS-232C
Program list Program comments
100 OPEN "COM1:9600,N,8,1,RS,RB4096" FOR RANDOM 100 Open the RS-232C line file
AS #1
110 Executes a system reset.
110 PRINT #1, ":RESET"
120 Waits for a response
120 LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$ 130 Displays the Integrated value display screen
130 PRINT #1, ":DISP:INTE 3" (page 1/2 ).
140 LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
150 PRINT #1, ":DRES" 150 Resets the integration data.
170 PRINT #1, ":VOLT:RANG 150" 170 Sets the voltage to the 150V range.
190 PRINT #1, ":CURR:RANG 100" 190 Sets the current to the 100A range.
210 PRINT #1, ":WIRING 1" 210 Sets the wiring to single-phase, two-wire.
230 Sets the PT ratio to "1".
230 PRINT #1, ":SCALE:PT 1"
240 LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$ 250 Sets the CT ratio to "1".
250 PRINT #1, ":SCALE:CT 1"
260 LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$ 270 Sets the reactive power method so that it is not
270 PRINT #1, ":OPER OFF" used.
290 PRINT #1, ":INTE:STAR:METH MANUAL" 290 Sets "manual start" for integration.
310 PRINT #1, ":INTE:STOP:METH TIMER" 310 Sets integration to the stop timer.
330 PRINT #1, ":INTE:TIME 1,0,0" 330 Sets them timer (integration time) to 1 hour.
350 Turns the response header off.
350 PRINT #1, ":HEAD OFF"
360 LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$ 370 Starts integrated measurement.
370 PRINT #1, ":INTE:START"
380 LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$ 390 Waits for approximately 3 seconds.
390 GOSUB wait3sec: 400 Inquires about the integration status.
400 PRINT #1, ":INTE:STAT?"
410 INPUT #1, stat$ 420 Jumps to 390 if stat$ is not "1" (Has the effect
420 IF stat$ <> "1" THEN 390 of waiting until integrated measurement is
430 PRINT #1, ":MEAS:INTE? complete.)
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,255,255,255" 430 Gets the integrated data.
440 LINE INPUT #1, MEAS$
450 Displays the integrated data on the personal
450 PRINT MEAS$ computer screen.
460 CLOSE 460 Closes the RS-232C line file.
470 END
480 wait3sec: 480 to 530 Three-second wait routine
490 SEC = VAL(MID$(TIME$, 7, 2))
500 SEC2 = VAL(MID$(TIME$, 7, 2))
510 IF SEC2 < SEC THEN SEC2 = SEC2 + 60
520 IF (SEC2 - SEC) < 3 THEN 500
530 RETURN
NOTE
Follow commands with "LINE INPUT #1, tmp$" in the next line. (tmp$ is
optional.)
The display language is shifted to Japanese by executing a reset command.

11.5 Sample Program
239
11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface
Symptom Cause / Treatment

Are the cables properly connected?
The RS-232C has stopped
Are both the power meter and the personal computer on?
working completely.
Are the cables properly connected?
Is the personal computer message terminator (delimiter) set

correctly?
Transmission on the RS-232C
is not taking place properly. Do the power meters settings for the device connected to the
RS-232C interface (baud rate, data length, parity check, stop bits,
flow control, terminator) match the settings in the controller?
After transmission on the RS- Cancel the power meters key lock function and exit the remote
232C, the keys on the 3166 state.
freeze up and have no effect. Are both the power meter and the controller on?
When attempting to read data Be sure to transmit one query before each Basic INPUT
using a Basic INPUT statement, statement.
the RS-232C hangs. Did the query that was sent generate an error?
Although a command has been

transmitted, nothing has Did an error occur?
happened.
If the data includes any commas, try using the "LINE INPUT"
Not enough data was loaded.
statement.
Did an error occur?

Sending several queries, Read in the response for each query that is sent, one at a time. If
produces only one response. you want to read in responses all at one time, use the message
unit separator to combine all of the queries into one line.
The query response message Due to the response message being produced at the instant that
does not agree with the 3166 the 3166 receives the query, there is a possibility that it may not
display. agree with the display at the instant that the controller reads it in.

240

241
2
Chapter 12
Connecting a Modem 3
5
The 3166 can be operated by remote control and automatic output through a
modem by connecting the modem to the RS-232C interface.
If connected to a telephone line, a modem makes it possible to retrieve
measured values or change settings from a distant location.
6
This chapter explains how to connect a modem and a computer ("personal
computer") to the power meter and how to operate the power meter by remote
control. 7
10
11
12
13
14
242
WARNING In order to avoid the possibility of an electric shock, unplug the power
meters power cord and disconnect the other wiring before connecting
the RS-232C cable to the interface connector.
Turn the power off when connecting the modem to the power meter.
Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power is on could
damage the equipment.Turn the power off when connecting the modem
to the power meter. Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power
is on could damage the equipment.
CAUTION
After connecting the RS-232C cable, always be sure to secure the connection
with the screws on the connector.
An RS-232C straight cable is used to connect a modem to the 3166.

In addition, when connecting the modem to the personal computer, use a
straight cable suited for the connector on the personal computer. The only
differences is that a modem, telephone line, and another modem are connected
between the personal computer and the power meter.
Public
Modem telephone Modem Personal
3166 computer
line
Modem Connection Diagram

243
1
12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)
12.2.1 Automatic Measurement Data Output

2
Measurement data can be automatically output to the personal computer via
the modem during each integrated measurement interval period and each 3
demand measurement period.
4
12.2.2 Operating Procedure
5
Connect the RS-232C cable
6
Turn on the 3166, the modem, and the personal computer
7
Setting the 3166
Set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal computer".
Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking, stop bits,
flow control, and the delimiter.
8
Set the destination telephone number, destination
information, the initialization command, and the ID code.
9
Setting the modem connected to the personal computer
Use the terminal software to check the "automatic answer"
setting for the modem and the modem connection 10
Set the print/save items and the RS-232C automatic output

items in the 3166
11
Connect the 3166 to the line to be measured and 12

begin measurement
The measurement data is sent to the personal

13
computer at the set interval
14

244
12.2.3 Setting the 3166

(1) In "Setting" mode, set the "RS-232C device" to "Modem". Then set the modem
interface settings as necessary. Using the initial values is recommended.
For details on how to make these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C
Device."
Modem Setting Window
(2) Setting the destination telephone number
The characters that can be used in the destination telephone setting are
normal-width numerals, "-" (hyphen), and "," (comma). Any other characters
that are input are ignored.
For example, in order to call the number of "0268-28-0575", the following
setting would need to be made: 0268280575 (or 0268-28-0575)
(3) Setting the destination information
This item is used as a comment field. Input any information that might be
necessary. This field may be left empty.
(4) Setting the initialization command
Input the modem initialization command in this item.

The initial value set for this command is "ATTE0&C1&D2". (Tone dialing;
dial tone detection; CD signal follows carrier signal of other modem;
disconnect when ER signal goes from ON to OFF)
This command may need to be altered for your particular modem; consult your
modems operating manual.
NOTE
If the initialization command is not set correctly, the modem will not function
correctly.
When using pulse dialing, set the initialization command to either
"ATP2Q1X4&C1&D2" or "ATP1Q1&C1&D2".

245
When it is necessary to use "\" (backslash) character, instead of the character

NOTE
that can be used "" normal-width.
1
When it is necessary to dial zero first to call from an extension, try adding a
zero at the start of the destination number. Also set the modem initialization
command to "ATTQ1X0&C1&D2" (when using tone dialing). 2
(5) Setting the ID code
3
The character string set for this item is sent together with the data when data
is sent from the modem. Any character string can be set.
4
12.2.4 Setting a Modem Connected to a Personal Computer
It is necessary to set "Auto Answer" for a modem that is connected to a
5
personal computer. An example of the procedure for doing so is described
below.
6
(1) Connect the modem to the personal computer with a straight cable.
(2) Turn on the modem and start up the personal computer. 7
(3) Start up the terminal (communications) software.
(4) Input the following from the personal computer terminal:
8
ATZ[Enter]
If "OK" is displayed, the modem is connected correctly.
(5) Input: 9
ATS0=1[Enter]
"OK" is displayed.
10
The modem is now ready for automatic output of measurement data.
In Integrated Measurement mode and Demand Measurement mode, set either
the interval period or the demand period, and then set "RS-232C automatic 11
output." Once measurement begins, the 3166 automatically sends the data
through the modem at the output time. The personal computer receives this
data automatically and displays it. 12
13
14

246
12.3.1 Remote Control

It is possible to change the 3166s settings and retrieve measurement data
through a modem. The procedure is similar to that used for communications
with a personal computer through the RS-232C interface.
12.3.2 Operating Procedure

Connect the RS-232C cable.
Turn on the 3166, the modem, and the personal computer
Setting the 3166

Set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal computer".
Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking,
stop bits, flow control, and the delimiter.
Setting the modem connected to the 3166

Use the terminal software to set the communications speed, etc
Setting the modem connected to the personal computer

Use the terminal software to set the communications speed,
the delimiter, and flow control
Send the remote control commands from the personal computer
After all commands and data have been sent, terminate

the line connection

247
12.3.3 Setting the 3166

(1) In "Setting" mode, set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal Computer".
NOTE
Note that the setting is NOT "Modem."
Then set the personal computer interface settings as necessary. Using the
initial values is recommended.
For details on how to make these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C
Device."
Personal Computer Setting Window
(2) Be certain to set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the receiving side.
12.3.4 Setting the Modem Connected to the 3166

The modem connected to the 3166 needs to be set for automatic answering
beforehand. An example setting procedure is described below; these settings
are made through the personal computer.
(1) Connect the modem that is to be connected to the 3166 to the personal
computer, using a straight cable.
(2) Turn on the modem and then start up the personal computer.
(3) Start up the terminal software.
(4) Set the communication speed between the modem and the terminal to 9600
bps.
(5) Input the following through the personal computer terminal:
ATZ[Enter]
ATQ0E0&C1&D2&W[Enter]

248
(6) Quit the terminal software, turn off the personal computer, and disconnect the
modem cable.
(7) Connect the modem to the 3166, and reconnect the telephone line to the
modem.
12.3.5 Setting the Modem Connected to the Personal Computer

There are a variety of different methods of controlling the 3166 through a
personal computer. The following example describes the method for
controlling the 3166 from terminal software.
(1) Connect the modem to the personal computer, using a straight cable.
(2) Turn on the modem and then start up the personal computer.
(3) Start up the terminal software.
(4) Set the communication speed between the modem and the terminal to 9600
bps.
(5) Set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the sending side.
(6) Set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the receiving side.
(7) Set the flow control in accordance with the settings in the 3166.
12.3.6 Actual Control Method

The following example describes how to actually control the 3166 through the
modem.
(1) Start up the terminal software with the settings described in section 12.3.5.
(2) To call, set the destination telephone number.
ATDT[Enter]
telephone number
(3) When "CONNECT" is displayed, the line connection has been made.
(4) From the personal computer terminal, input the RS-232C commands that have
been prepared for the 3166; the 3166 then sends its response.
This is the point at which you execute 3166 setup commands, make
measurement data queries, etc.
(5) Input the following to terminate the connection:
ATH0[Enter]
(6) The remote control procedure is now complete.
NOTE For details concerning the modem, refer to the operating manual provided
with the modem.

249
2
Chapter 13
Using the D/A Output 3
(Optional)
4
The 9594 D/A OUTPUT is a factory option for the 3166.

If the 9594 D/A OUTPUT is installed, the power meter can be used to output
6
analog (D/A) output for the voltage, current, power, etc.
10
11
12
13
14
250
13.1 Output Connection Method
To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingor
WARNING
CAUTION
In order to prevent damage to the unit and the clamp on sensor, never plug
in or unplug the sensor connector when the power is turned on. (The D/A
output is not insulated from the voltage and current inputs.)
Although there are four channels, they are not insulated from one another.
Use the special cables provided (the 9441 CONNECTION CABLE) for
connection to the D/A output.
As shown in the diagram, align the special connection cable with the connector
guide notch on the D/A output connector and then plug the cable in. (The
connector has a locking mechanism.)
When disconnecting the cable, grasp the plastic portion of the cable connector
and pull it out of the connector.
Cable Connection
NOTE
Plastic cable connectors are used. Attempting to forcibly push the connector
in without aligning it with the connector guide notch, or forcibly pulling it out
without releasing the lock will damage the connector.

13.1 Output Connection Method
251
1
13.2 Structure of the Output Connector
The output resistance of the output connector is about 100 .

2
Any oscilloscope or recorder that is connected to the power meter should have
an input resistance of at least 100 k.
The pin arrangement of the connector is shown below. 3
6
Pin Arrangement of D/A Output Connector
Pin No. Signal name Wire color

7
1 D/A output channel 1 Red
2 D/A output channel 2 White 8
3 D/A output channel 3 Black
4 D/A output channel 4 Yellow
5 Ground Blue
9
6 Ground Green
7 Ground Brown 10
8 Ground Gray
Pins 5 through 8 are common grounds.
11
To avoid damage to the unit, do not short the output terminal and do not input
CAUTION
voltage to the output terminal. 12
13
14
13.2 Structure of the Output Connector

252
13.3 Output Response Characteristics
update rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, in Normal
Measurement mode the D/A output continuously outputs all measurement
values as they are continuously measured.
Therefore, even transient changes in the input waveform generated by a power
spike, for example, will be faithfully output. The output response is different,
however, in Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode.
(1) Normal Measurement mode
In this mode, the output is updated every two cycles when measuring at 50/60
Hz (50 Hz: about 40 ms; 60 Hz: about 34 ms) and every 16 cycles when
measuring at 400 Hz (about 34 ms).
NOTE
Although the output update rate is every two or sixteen cycles, there may be a
delay of 3 to 4 cycles (or 24 to 32 cycles when measuring at 400 Hz) between
the input waveform and the actual output on the D/A output.
Operation length
(2 cycles)
Input
D/A
Output
Time
D/A Output Response Characteristics (1)

253
(2) Integrated mode and Demand Measurement mode 1

The output is updated according to the display update rate.
2
Operation length
(2 cycles)
About 1 second
3
Input
4
D/A
Output
6
Time 7
D/A Output Response Characteristics (2)
8
NOTE
When using D/A output, the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT must already be
installed in the 3166 unit. (If the 9594 has been installed, a sticker indicating
that it has is applied to the rear cover of the power meter.) 9
Use Normal Measurement mode if fast output updating is required.
The output rate is DC5 V/f.s. However, in the event of an over-range signal
(display: o.r.), approximately DC6.6 V is output.
When outputting an integrated value as a D/A output, a special output rate is
10
set.
Refer to section 6.5.11, "Integrated Output Rate," or section 7.5.10, "Integrated
Output Rate," depending on the measurement mode.
11
When the "Wiring Check" screen is being displayed or a wiring check is in
progress, the data that is stored and output is the data prior to entering that
screen. 12
If the ratio of PT to CT is set to a value other than 1, the f.s. of the range is a
multiple of the scaling
13
14

254
13.4 Output Waveform
Because the output waveform format differs according to the D/A output item,
refer to the examples shown below.
NOTE
If the reactive power meter method is used, only positive data is output for
the apparent power.
In the case of an plus over-range signal to the positive side, approximately 6.6
V is output, for minus over-range, approximately - 6.6 V is output.
When the display is being held, the data that is being held is output in
Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode.
In the Normal Measurement mode, outputs are updated irrespective of the
hold status of the display.
If the power integration increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale
setting the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The
level is recorded as a sawtooth wave.)
Regeneration Consumption Lead Lag
D/A Output for Apparent Power D/A Output for Reactive Power
Lead Lag Consumption

Regeneration
D/A Output for Power Factor D/A Output for Phase Angle

255
D/A Output for Frequency

Integrated power
* Manual start /stop Holding
The last integrated

value
Elapsed time
DATA START/ DATA START/

RESET STOP HOLD Cancel STOP
D/A Output During Data Hold

Integrated power
* When active power is 5 KW with a uniform increase
Elapsed time
Integration start
D/A Output for Integrated Power

256
NOTE
In the integrated measurement mode or in the demand measurement mode,
outputs are held when the window shown below is kept open. Note that
outputs are updated each time the preset output interval or demand time
elapses.
1. Display selection window

2. Page selection window
3. Basic setting window (This window displayed when the WIRING or iUi or iiIii key
is pressed on a screen other than the Instantaneous Value Screen.
4. Check window (This window displayed when the CHECK key.)
5. Setting screen

257
2
Chapter 14
Using the FDD UNIT 3
(Optional)
4
10
11
12
13
14
258
14.1 General
The 9595 FDD UNIT is available as an option for the 3166 CLAMP ON
POWER HiTESTER . The features of this floppy disk drive are described
below.
CAUTION
The 3166 functions that utilize a floppy disk are designed specifically for the
9595 FDD UNIT. These functions will not work with any other floppy disk
drive unit.
The 9595 FDD UNIT should always be operated indoors in a range from 5
to 40 and 80% RH or less. Do not use the unit in direct sunlight, dusty
conditions, or in the presence of corrosive gases.
(1) Can use 3.5-inch 2HD floppy disks (supports two modes)
MS-DOS format
NECPC9801 IBM-PC/AT
2HD 1.2MB 1.44MB
* "MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
(2) Saving and loading setting conditions
Measurements can always be taken under the same conditions by saving the
setting conditions and then loading them for future measurements.
(3) Saving measurement data
The floppy disk drive can be used to save measurement data.

The contents of the saved data file can be checked on the 3166 and then
output directly to the printer. In addition, because the data is saved in text
format on an MS-DOS format disk, the data can be analyzed, etc., on a
personal computer.
(4) Manual output and auto output
Data can be saved at any time by pressing the "Save" key. In addition, the
Auto Output function can be used in Integrated Measurement mode and in
Demand Measurement mode in order to automatically save measured values.
(5) The following operations can also be performed:"FD (floppy Disk)" mode
Formatting floppy disks

Changing file names
Deleting files
Updating (version upgrades)
NOTE
Note that the saved setting conditions and each file operations are loaded in
"FD" mode.

14.1 General
259
1
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved
The settings for the data items that are to be saved are the same as for the
2
items that are output to the printer; these print/save items for each
measurement mode are used to determine what data is saved to floppy disk.
For details on the specific setting method, refer to the respective section 3
entitled "Print/Save Items" in the chapter for each measurement mode.
Note that these items apply to both automatic output and manual saves.
In addition, the items that can be saved differs, depending on whether the 4
reactive power meter method is used or not.
(1) Data that can be saved 5
Normal Measurement mode

6
1.FD output date and time
7
at the time of output to the
floppy disk PowerP, Q, S, , 8
VoltageU1, U2, U3
3. Maximum values CurrentI1, I2, I3 9
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3 10
PowerP, Q, S, ,
* The minimum/maximum data includes the time at which the minimum or
11
maximum was generated.
* Items 3 and 4 represent data that was tabulated from the time that the data
reset key was pressed until the FD output time. 12
Integrated Measurement mode
13
2.Integration start time, 14

integration elapsed time

260

floppy disk PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3
4. Maximum values CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3
5. Minimum values CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,
Active power
(WP, WP, WP)
Reactive power
6.Power integration
(WQ, WQ, WQ)
Apparent power
(WS, WS, WS)
7.Average value within

a time period
Integrated average
PowerP, Q, S,
power integration
* Items 4 through 7 represent data that was tabulated until the FD output
time from the integrated measurement start time.
Demand Measurement mode
The following data from demand measurement, integrated measurement, daily

reports, weekly reports, and monthly reports can be saved.
2.Demand measurement start time

floppy disk PowerP, Q, S, ,

261
VoltageU1, U2, U3 1
4. Maximum values CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,
2
VoltageU1, U2, U3
PowerP, Q, S, , 3
4
Active power
(WP, WP, WP)
Reactive power
5
6.Power integration
(WQ, WQ, WQ)
Apparent power 6
(WS, WS, WS)
7.Average value within 7

a time period
PowerP, Q, S,
Integrated average
Load factor (LF)
8
Usage factor (TLF)
power integration
9
* Not included the load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.
Power integration, 10
8.Daily reports Average value within a time period,
9.Weekly reports Average value within a time period,
Power integration,
12
10.Monthly reports Average value within a time period,
13
Power integration,
11.Demand
12.Integration Average value within a time period,
A
generated.

262
* Instantaneous value, maximum value, minimum value, integrated power

level and average value over time data from the period in question can all be
set in combination in the daily report, weekly report, monthly report, demand
measurement, and integrated measurement data (items 8 to 12 above). (The
data settings are common to all, however.)
CAUTION
instantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated power
3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2
Setting conditions
All setting conditions can be saved from the "Setting screen" for each
measurement mode and in "Setting" mode.
(2) Amount of data and number of files that can be saved
How much data can be saved depends on the wiring method, the measurement
mode, and the setting items.
Specific examples are shown below. (Wiring in all cases is three-phase, four-
wire, including the setting files.)
NOTE
The floppy disk, once full, can store no more data. Replace the floppy disk well
before it is full.
1. Normal Measurement mode, all items set to "ON".
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB

Number of files 96 files 112 files
2. Integrated Measurement mode, output interval of 30 minutes, all items set to

"ON".
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB

Amount of data Approximately 23 days Approximately 28 days

263
3. Demand Measurement mode, demand period of 30 minutes, All items set to

ON
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB

4. Demand Measurement mode, demand period of 30 minutes, demand

measurement set to "ON", instantaneous values, power integration, average
value within a time period set to "ON"
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB

5. Setting conditions
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB

(3) Output format for data output to floppy disk
Measurement data is saved in text format, and the data format is shown
below. Files begin with a header section (all data that has been saved),
followed by measurement value sections listed for each time period.
A line feed is executed for the header section and for each measured value at
each time.
Data format
Item Example data Size (bytes)

Date 97/01/25 8
Time 12:34:56 8
Other than integrated power +123.45E+00 11
levels
Integrated power levels +1234.56E+00 12
Out-of-range data +99999E+9 9
Invalid data +00000E+9 9

264
File Contents
OUTPUT DATE","OUTPUT TIME","INTEG START DATE","INTEG START TIME",

"ELAPSED TIME","U1","U2","U3","Uave","I1","I2","I3","Iave","P","Q","S","PF","F",
"WP","WP+","WP-","WQ","WS","WS+","WS-","Pave","Qave","Save","PFave" Line feed
97/02/13,11:00:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0000:00:00,+208.45E+0,+208.47E+0,+208.48E+0,
+208.47E+0,+012.42E+0,+012.43E+0,+012.43E+0,+012.42E+0,+005.06E+3,+005.90E+3,
+007.77E+3,+0.651E+0,+60.02E+0,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,
+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.06E+3,+005.90E+3,
+007.77E+3,+0.651E+0 Line feed
97/02/13,11:30:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0000:30:00,+208.65E+0,+208.65E+0,+208.67E+0,
+208.66E+0,+012.35E+0,+012.36E+0,+012.36E+0,+012.36E+0,+005.06E+3,+005.85E+3
,+007.74E+3,+0.654E+0,+60.01E+0,+000.432E+3,+000.432E+3,+000.000E+3,
+000.497E+3,+000.658E+3,+000.658E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.19E+3,+005.96E+3,
+007.90E+3,+0.657E+0 Line feed
97/02/13,12:00:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0001:00:00,+208.66E+0,+208.66E+0,+208.68E+0,
+208.67E+0,+012.31E+0,+012.32E+0,+012.32E+0,+012.32E+0,+005.05E+3,+005.82E+3,
+007.71E+3,+0.655E+0,+59.99E+0,+000.857E+3,+000.857E+3,+000.000E+3,
+000.988E+3,+001.308E+3,+001.308E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.14E+3,+005.92E+3,
+007.84E+3,+0.656E+0 Line feed
Sample Printout of File Contents from the Personal Computer
NOTE
For symbols for the header block, see the list in Section 9 of the Appendices.

265
WARNING In order to avoid electric shock, turn off the 3166 and disconnect the
power cord, the voltage cord, and the clamp on sensors before
connecting the 9595 FDD UNIT.
(1) Floppy disk drive model that can be used:
9595 FDD UNIT manufactured by HIOKI
CAUTION
The above model is the only floppy disk drive unit that can be used with the
3166.
(2) Connection method

1. Turn the power meter off.
2. Use four screws to attach the 9595 FDD UNIT to the back of the 3166s case
as shown in the diagram.
NOTE If the 9595 FDD UNIT is installed into the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER
HiTESTER with screw tighten too much, the floppy disk slot cover of the 9595
may be fixed. In this case, remove a floppy disk, and loosen the screw so that
the slot cover close.
To FDD unit connector

9595 FDD UNIT on the power meter
Four screws
Attaching the FDD UNIT
3. Connect the connecting cable for the 9595 FDD UNIT to the floppy disk drive
connector on the power meter. Make sure that the connectors locking
mechanism engages securely. When disconnecting the connecting cable, press
in both tabs of the locking mechanism to release it and then disconnect the
connector.

266
(3) FDD interface specifications
The specifications for the power meters FDD interface are shown below.
1. General specifications
Power supply voltage 5 V 5%

Allowable ripple 100 mVp-p
Current consumption During standby 11 mA typ
During read/write 0.3 A typ
Peak during seek 0.85 A max
Peak during motor 0.8 A max
startup
2. Connector specifications
Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name

1 5V 14 STEP
2 INDEX 15 GND
3 5V 16 WRITE DATA
4 DRIVE SELECT 17 GND
5 5V 18 WRITE GATE
6 DISK CHANGE 19 GND
7 FD 20 TRACK 00
8 READY 21 GND
9 MEDIA 22 WRITE PROTECT
10 MOTOR ON 23 GND
11 MODE SELECT 1 24 READ DATA
12 DIRECTION 25 GND
13 MODE SELECT 2 26 SIDE SELECT
Floppy Disk Drive Interface Connector

267
14.4 Using Floppy Disks
Inserting a floppy disk
Insert the floppy disk (with the printed label facing up) all of the way into the
drive.
If the floppy disk is inserted correctly, the Eject button will pop out.
Inserting a Floppy Disk
Ejecting a floppy disk
Pressing the Eject button as shown in the diagram causes the floppy disk to
pop out.
Ejecting a Floppy Disk

268
Protecting data on a floppy disk
Each floppy disk has a write-protect tab on it. If the write-protection is

enabled, it is impossible to do anything to the data on the floppy disk except to
read (load) it.
If you wish to perform some sort of operation on the data on the floppy disk
(aside from loading it), confirm the contents of the floppy disk and then
disable the write-protection.
Back side of the floppy disk

Tab in upper position: Write-protection is
disabled (data can be saved to the floppy
disk)
Tab in lower position: Write-protection is

enabled (data cannot be saved to the
floppy disk)
Floppy Disk Write-protection
CAUTION
Do not use 2DD floppy disk.
Do not remove the floppy disk while the FD aut output is complete and the
data saved.
Inserting a floppy disk upside down, backwards or in the wrong direction may
damage the instrument.
Do not remove the floppy disk while the drive is operating (the LED on the
floppy drive is on).
Always be sure to eject any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive whenever
you will be carrying or transporting the 9595 FDD UNIT or the 3166.
NOTE
When loading data to personal computer via floppy disk, verify that floppy
disk formatted in the 3166 is recognized on personal computer.

269
14.5 Saving Measurement Data

(1) Set the print/save items on the setting screens for the measurement modes
For details on how to make these settings, refer to "Changing Settings" in

each of the chapters on the various measurement modes.
Print/Save Items for Normal

Measurement
Print/Save Items for Integrated

Measurement
Print/Save Items for Demand

Measurement
NOTE
The items that can be saved differ for each measurement mode.

270
(2) Setting the file name
Input the file name on the same setting screens for the measurement modes
as in step 1 above.
File names can consist of up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics,
katakana) or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).
Reference "Extensions" consist of three letters and are automatically appended at the
end of file names. Extensions are useful for identifying the type of data when
you later load he measurement data and analyze it on the personal computer,
for example.
NOTE
About extensions
The power meter automatically appends the following extensions to file
names, depending on the measurement mode and the items being saved.
When the integrated measurement data or demand measurement data is
output automatically, the setting conditions and the daily/weekly/monthly
report data (if these reports have been set) are all created with the same file
name but different extensions.
Mode Data Extension Save operation

Setting Setting conditions .SET When the FD key is pressed
Normal Setting conditions .SET When the FD key is pressed while the
measurement "Setting" screen is displayed
Normal .NMO When the FD key is pressed
measurement data
Integrated Setting conditions .SET When the FD key is pressed while the
At the start of integrated measurement
(automatic output)
Integrated .ITG Automatically at the set interval
measurement data (automatic output)
Demand Setting conditions .SET When the FD key is pressed while the
At the start of demand measurement
(automatic output)
Demand .DEM Automatically at the set demand period
measurement data (automatic output).
Integrated data .TOT At the end of measurement
(automatic output)
Daily report data .DAY Every 24 hours (automatic output)
Weekly report data .WEE Every 1 week (automatic output)
Monthly report data .MON Every 1 month (automatic output)

271
Reference If no file name is specified

If no file name is set, a file named "AUTOXXX" is generated automatically
and the measurement data is saved in that file.
When saving setting conditions, a file named "SETXXX" is automatically
generated.
If the file name that was set already exists
If an existing file name is set, an error results. Set a new file name that
differs from all existing file names.
(3) Saving data manually
Pressing the SAVE key saves the current measurement data in the file that
was set.
FD Key
(4) Automatic output
Data can be saved automatically in "Integrated Measurement" mode and

"Demand Measurement" mode.
1. Set FD auto output to "ON" on the setting screen for the measurement mode.
Integrated Measurement FD Auto

Output Setting
Demand Measurement FD Auto Output

Setting

272
2. In the case of "Integrated Measurement" mode, set the output interval as well.
3. Begin measurement.
4. At the end of each interval or demand period, the measurement data is
automatically saved to the same floppy disk.
CAUTION
The display of the measured values is not updated while data is being
automatically output. Keys also may not function temporarily while data is
being output.
If "FD auto output" is set to "ON", the SAVE key has no effect while
integrated or demand measurement is in progress. After measurement ends
(including while integration is in standby), it is possible to change the
print/save items and save the data to a file named "AUTOXXX" by pressing
the SAVE key. However, if the print/save items are changed, additional
integration is no longer possible.
NOTE
In the case of "Demand Measurement" mode, there is no output interval
setting.
For details on how to save the setting conditions, refer to the section entitled
"Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk" for each measurement mode and Setting
mode.
In the display hold status, data held is saved.
CAUTION
If there is no floppy disk in the 9595 FDD UNIT, an error results and the save
operation is not executed. In addition, note that if the disk becomes full, an
error is displayed and the save operation is not performed.

273
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode
If "FD (Floppy Disk)" mode is selected on the "Initial" screen, the following
functions become available. Select the necessary items with the cursor.
FD Operation Screen
NOTE
Be sure that the optional 9595 FDD UNIT is connected when using "FD"
mode.

274
14.6.1 Loading Setting Data That Was Previously Saved on

Floppy Disk
The measurement conditions can be changed by loading in setting data that
was previously saved from the setting screen for each measurement mode and
in Setting mode.
(1) Insert the floppy disk containing the data into the 9595 FDD UNIT.
(2) Position the cursor at "STATUS DATA Load" and press the EXEC. function
key.
(3) The "STATUS DATA Load" screen appears, and the setting data files are
displayed. If there are more than 10 files, they are displayed on more than
one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch between the
pages.
Status Data Load
(4) Position the cursor on the name of the file to be loaded.

(5) Once the LOAD function key is pressed, the selected file is loaded.
(6) The setting conditions are changed according to the contents of the file (the
setting data).
(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the "Initial" screen.

275
14.6.2 Loading Measurement Data That Was Previously Saved

on Floppy Disk
This operation can be used to check the contents of a file into which
measurement data was previously saved in measurement mode, or to print
that data on a printer connected to the power meter.
NOTE
Be sure that the printer is already connected to the power meter before
outputting the measurement data to the printer.
(1) Insert the floppy disk containing the data into the 9595 FDD UNIT.
(2) Position the cursor at "MEASURE DATA load" and press the EXEC. function
key.
(3) The "MEASURE DATA load" screen appears, and the measurement data files
are displayed. If there are more than 10 files, they are displayed on more
than one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch between
the pages.
Measure Data Load
(4) Position the cursor on the name of the file to be loaded. The file extensions
are also displayed, allowing you to select just the measurement data that you
need.
(5) Once the LOAD function key is pressed, the selected file is loaded.
(6) The "File View" screen appears, and the measurement data contained in the
selected file is displayed. If the file contains a lot of data, it is displayed on
more than one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch
between the pages and view the data.

276
File View Screen
(7) Pressing the SET key at this point causes the setting conditions for that
measurement data to be displayed.
(8) The measurement data that was just loaded can be output to the printed by
pressing the OUTPUT function key. The data is output in the same printing
format as during measurement.
(9) In order to output additional data, return to step 4 and repeat.

277
14.6.3 Formatting a Floppy Disk

This function is used in order to format (initialize) floppy disks. Only 3.5-inch
2HD floppy disks can be used.
CAUTION
The formatting process erases all data previously saved to that floppy disk.
Make sure that the floppy disk does not contain any essential data before
formatting it.
(1) Insert the floppy disk that is to be formatted into the 9595 FDD UNIT. (Be
sure that write-protection is disabled.)
(2) Position the cursor at "Format," and then press the EXEC. function key.
(3) When the "FORMAT" window appears, press the 1.44M function key in order to
format the floppy disk as a 1.44MB disk, or press the 1.2M function key in
order to format the floppy disk as a 1.2MB disk.
Format Window
(4) The formatting operation is executed. While this operating is in progress, the
message "Formatting" is displayed.
(5) Once formatting is completed, the display returns to the "Format" window. To
format another floppy disk, return to step 1 and repeat.

278
14.6.4 Renaming Files

This function is used to change the name of a file that has been saved on a
floppy disk. This function is especially useful for renaming with a more
descriptive name any file that was automatically named "AUTOXXX" or
"SETXXX" because no file name was specified when the file was created.
CAUTION
All related files (those with the same file name) are renamed by this function.
Note also that it is not possible to change a files extension.
(1) Insert the floppy disk that contains the file to be renamed into the 9595 FDD
UNIT. (Be sure that write-protection is disabled.)
(2) Position the cursor at "Rename," and then press the EXEC. function key.
(3) The "Rename" window appears.
Rename File Screen
(4) Position the cursor on the file to be renamed, and then press the RENAME
function key.
(5) When the "File Name Input" window appears, input the new file name. The
input method is the same as when inputting a file name on the setting screen
for any of the measurement modes.
(6) When the ENTER function key is pressed, finalizing the new file name, the new
file name appears in the file list. To stop renaming files, press the RET. key.
To continue renaming files, return to step 2 and repeat.
(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the Initial screen.

279
14.6.5 Deleting Files

This function is used to delete unnecessary files from a floppy disk.
CAUTION
Be aware that once a file is deleted, it cannot be recovered.
All related files (those with the same file name) are deleted by this function.
(1) Insert the floppy disk that contains the file to be deleted into the 9595 FDD
UNIT. Be sure that write-protection is disabled.
(2) Position the cursor at "Delete" and then press the EXEC. function key.
(3) The "Delete" window appears.
Delete File Screen
(4) Position the cursor on the file to be deleted, and then press the DELETE
function key.
(5) The selected file is deleted, and the file list is updated.
(6) To continue deleting files, return to step 2 and repeat.
(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the Initial screen.

280
14.6.6 Upgrade
This function is used to upgrade the 3166s software functions. For details on
this procedure, refer to the instructions provided with the upgrade disk.

281
15
2
Chapter 15
Harmonic Analysis 3
Software
4
15.1 Overview 6
Loading the 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE into the 3166 CLAMP
ON HiTESTER makes it possible to analyze harmonic in addition to the 7
normal voltage, current, and power measurements.
Analyzing the harmonic components on the line being measured makes it
possible to monitor the condition of various problems and fluctuations. 8
For details, refer to the manual provided with the 9556 HARMONIC
ANALYSIS SOFTWARE.
9
CAUTION The 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE is optional software. The 9595
FDD UNIT is required in order to load this software.
10
11
12
13
14
15.1 Overview
282

15.1 Overview
283
15
16
Chapter 16
Operation in the Event of a 3
Loss of Power
4
Circumstances may sometimes result in the supply of power to the 3166 being
interrupted for some reason while taking measurements. Although the
6
measurement operation halts for the duration of the power loss, the 3166 does
have a backup function that saves the setting conditions and measurement
data gathered up to that point. 7
This chapter explains how to operation in the event of a loss of power each
measurement mode.
8
10
11
12
13
14
284
16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power

(1) Screen display
The screen display goes blank.
(2) Clock and calendar

The clock and calendar continue to operate normally.
(3) Setting conditions

All settings are saved.
(4) Measurement data

If the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data that
was being held is retained.
1. Normal Measurement mode
The minimum and maximum values are retained.
2. Integrated Measurement mode
The minimum and maximum values and the integrated values are retained.
3. Demand Measurement mode
The minimum/maximum values and the demand values from the previous
demand period, and the integrated values are retained.
(5) Printer operation

After power is restored, the printer prints a message indicating that there was
a loss of power.
1. During manual printing
Printing stops immediately. The printing operation status is not retained, so
it is necessary to restart the manual printing operation after power is
restored.
2. During automatic output
If printing is in progress, printing stops immediately.
Reference If the printer is running off of batteries, all data that is sent from the 3166 is
printed.
(6) FDD unit operation

1. While loading
If a floppy disk operation is in progress when power is lost, the data that was
being handled becomes invalid. Restart the loading operation after power is
restored.
2. During a manual save/automatic output to FD
If a floppy disk operation is in progress when power is lost, the data that was
being handled becomes invalid. In the worst case, the file itself may be
dameged. After power is restored, if automatic output was being used when
power was lost, a character string indicating that power was lost is written to
the FD.

16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power
285
15
16.2 Normal Measurement Mode
(1) Data and setting conditions that are retained 16
1. Measurement data
The minimum and maximum values just before power was lost are retained.
If the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data that 3
The setting conditions when the power was lost are retained. 4
(2) Operation after power is restored
Once power is restored, the Normal Measurement mode screen is displayed
and instantaneous value measurement resumes. If display data was being 5
held when power was lost, that data is displayed and measurement resumes.
The FDD unit does not perform any operation.
6
CAUTION Because circuit operations are not settled immediately after power is restored,
the correct minimum and maximum instantaneous values are not displayed. 7
Press the Data Reset to clear the minimum and maximum values.
10
11
12
13
14
16.2 Normal Measurement Mode

286
16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand

Measurement Mode
(1) Data and setting conditions that are retained
1. Measurement data
If the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data that
Integrated measurement mode: The minimum/maximum values and the
integrated values just before power was lost are retained.
Demand measurement mode: The minimum/maximum values and the demand
values from the previous demand period, and the integrated values are
retained.
The setting conditions when the power was lost are retained.
(2) Operation after power is restored

1. If power was lost while in standby mode
a. Operation when power is restored prior to the time set for the start of
processing
The power meter goes back into standby mode and then begins integrated or
demand measurement when the set time arrives.
CAUTION A loss of power while the power meter is in standby mode has no effects.
b. Operation when power is restored after the time set for the start of
processing
The power meter begins integrated or demand measurement as soon as the
power is restored.
CAUTION Although the start of processing in this case is later than the start time that was
set, the processing assumes that the measured values during the interval were
"0". The power meter stops measuring at the scheduled stop time.
2. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurement was

in progress
The power meter does not keep track of the elapsed time for integrated
measurement while the power is off. (Integrated measurement is paused, not
stopped.)
After power is restored, a message indicating that a power failure had
occurred is displayed on the screen and integrated measurement resumes.
(Pressing any key causes the message to disappear.)

16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand Measurement Mode
287
In this case, the measurement data for the duration of the power loss is
processed as if it were "0", and integrated measurement continues for the
15
remaining time that was allotted.
3. Printer operation
16
a. If power was lost while the printer was printing
The printing operation stops immediately. (Unless the printer is running off
3
of batteries.) After power is restored, the printer prints an indication that
power had been lost.
4
10
11
Printing in progress
12
Indicates that power was lost
during this interval
13
Power Loss While Printing is In Progress
14
b. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurement
was in progress
After power is restored, When the "RS-232C Device" is set to "Printer" and a A
printer is connected, the printer prints a message indicating that a power
loss occurred.

288
Indicates that power was lost during

this interval
Printing Example After Power is Restored
4. Floppy disk operation
a. If power was lost while data was being saved to a floppy disk
The data that was being saved is not guaranteed. In the worst case, the file
itself may be damaged
If automatic output was being used when power was lost, a character string
indicating that power was lost is written to the floppy disk.
b. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurement

was in progress
After power is restored, the floppy disk drive does nothing when power is
restored.
Reference The 3166 battery backup

As a countermeasure against sudden loss of power, the 3166 CLAMP ON Hi
TESTER has a built-in battery that backs up memory containing the setting
conditions, minimum/maximum value data, and integrated data (including
demand measurements).
If the display data is being held, the battery backs up all of that data as
well.
When the power is turned on, the setting conditions that were in effect the
last time that the power was turned off remain in effect.
Because the battery backup maintains the integrated value data, it is
necessary to press the Data Reset key and clear the existing data in
"Integrated Measurement" mode if the results of the upcoming integrated
measurements are not to be added to the existing integrated value data.

289
15
16
Chapter 17
Maintenance and Service 17
5
17.1 Cautions
6
WARNING Adjustments and repairs should be made only by technically qualified
personnel.
7
CAUTION If the protective functions of the product are damaged, either remove it from
service or mark it clearly so that others do not use it inadvertently. 8
Measurements are degraded by dirt on the mating surfaces of the clamp-on
sensor, so keep the surfaces clean by gently wiping with a soft cloth.
9
To clean the product, wipe it gently with a soft cloth moistened with water or
mild detergent. Never use solvents such as benzene, alcohol, acetone, ether,
ketones, thinners or gasoline, as they can deform and discolor the case.
10
Fuses
The 3166 uses a switched power supply and is equipped with an internal fuse
(T2 A/250 V). This fuse cannot be replaced externally.
11
12
13
14
17.1 Cautions
290
17.2 Troubleshooting
If the power meter is not operating correctly, check the following items.
Symptom Items to check
Even though the power switch has Is the power cord connected securely?
Is the screen contrast proper? If not clear, see
been turned on, the display remains
8.2.9 "Contrast."
blank.
The keys do not work. Is one of the keys in the pressed state?
Is the key lock function engaged?
Measured values are unstable. Is the frequency of the line being measured
50/60/400 Hz?
Does the frequency of the line being measured
fluctuate, are there momentary power outages,
etc.?
In fixed clock mode, does the line frequency
setting match the actual frequency of the line
being measured?
The measurement data is yielding Are the voltage cord or clamp on sensors hooked
up incorrectly?
unexpected results.
Does the setting for the type of line being
measured match the actual type of the line being
measured?
The floppy disk drive is not operating Is the FDD unit connected securely to the power
meter?
correctly.
Has the floppy disk been formatted?
Is the floppy disk in the write-protect state?
The printer is not operating correctly. Is the RS-232C interface set properly for use
with the printer?
Is there paper loaded in the printer?
If any other problem occurs for an unknown reason, try a system reset, which
restores all of the settings to their factory settings.
For details, refer to section 8.2.13, "System Reset."
Service
If damage is suspected, check the "Troubleshooting" section before contacting
your dealer or Hioki representative.

17.2 Troubleshooting
291
15
17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing
Materials 16
This power meter uses a lithium battery for memory backup. Remove the
lithium battery before disposing of the power meter, and follow the prescribed
method when disposing of the power meter. 17
WARNING To avoid a shock hazard, disconnect the test leads before replacing 4
the batteries.
To avoid the possibility of explosion, do not short circuit, disassemble
or incinerate batteries. 5
Keep batteries away from children to prevent accidental swallowing.
6
(1) Tools required for disassembly
The following tools are required in order to disassemble this unit:
One philips screwdriver 7
One pair of wire cutters
(2) Disassembly
1. As shown in the diagram, remove the four screws that hold the back cover of
8
the power meter in place.
2. Remove the front panel and the protector.
3. Turn over the first board (on which the LCD is mounted), revealing the
9
lithium battery. Cut the two leads with the wire cutter, and remove the
lithium battery.
10
Back cover
11
12
13
Protector
14
Front panel
17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing Materials

292
Cut the two leads with

Lithium battery the wire cutter
Removing the Lithium Battery
The packing materials are all made of corrugated cardboard, and can therefore
be recycled.

17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing Materials
293
15
16
Chapter 18
Specifications 17
18
5
This chapter explains the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTERs product
specifications, measurement ranges, and calculation formulas, and the 9291/
9298 CLAMP ON SENSORs product specifications.
For the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR, refer to instruction manual of the
6
9291/ 9298.
7
18.1 Product Specifications
18
These specifications apply to the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER.
9
18.1.1 General Specifications
Location for use Indoors, altitude up to 2000 m (6562 feet) 10

Storage temperature and -10 to 50 (50 F to 122 F) 80% RH or less (no condensation)
humidity range
Operating temperature and 0 to 40 (32 F to 104 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)
11
humidity range
Measurement lines Single-phase, two-wire; single-phase, three-wire; three-phase,
three-wire; three-phase, four-wire 12
Input system Voltage: Insulated input
Current: Insulated input through clamp on sensor
Applicable current sensor 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR 13
Maximum common mode voltage Digital sampling system, PLL synchronization or 50/60/400 Hz
fixed clock
Input resistance (50/60 Hz) Voltage: 1.3 M10% 14
Current: 0.8 m10%
Maximum allowable input Voltage: 600 VrmsAC, 850 V peak value
Current: 1 ArmsAC, 1.42 A peak value
A
Maximum same-phase voltage Voltage input terminal: 600 VrmsAC, 50/60 Hz

294
Withstand voltage (50/60Hz, 1 5.55 kVAC: Between voltage input terminal and case
minute) 3.25 kV: Between voltage input terminal and current input
terminal, output terminal, external interface terminal
2.3 kVAC: Between power supply and case
1.35 kVAC: Between power supply and current input terminal,
output terminal, external interface terminal
Insulation resistance More than 100 M at 500 VDC
Between voltage input terminal and current input terminal,
output terminal, external interface terminal, case
More than 50 M at 500 VDC
Between power supply and current input terminal, output
terminal, external interface terminal, case
Display 4.7-inch LCD (320240 dots) adjustable contrast, backlight
Battery backup life More than 10 years (25 (77 F) reference value)
Rated supply voltage 100 VAC to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Rated power 33 VA max
External dimensions 246 (W) 86 (H) 176 (D)mm
(9.69" (W) 3.39" (H) 6.93" (D)) (not including projections)
Mass 1.6 kg (56.44 oz) (including 9594 D/A OUTPUT)
Applicable standards Safety: EN61010-1:1993+A2:1995
Voltage inputs: Pollution level 2, overvoltage category III
(expected transient overvoltage: 6000 V)
Power supply: Pollution level 2, overvoltage category II
(expected transient overvoltage: 2500 V)
EMC: EN61326-1:1997+A1:1998
EN61000-3-2:1995+A1:1998+A2:1998
EN61000-3-3:1995
Accessories 9438 VOLTAGE CORD 1 (one each black, red, yellow, and
blue)
Voltage cord locks 4
Stand 1
Power cord 1
Instruction Manual 1
Guide 1
Options 9291 CLAMP ON SENSOR (AC 500 A)
9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR (AC 100 A)
9290 CLAMP ON PROBE
9594 D/A OUTPUT (including 9441 CONNECTION CABLE)
9595 FDD UNIT
9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE
9619-01 HARMONICS DATA ANALYSIS UTILITY (for the 9556)
9383 CARING CASE
9440 CONNECTION CABLE (for remote control)
9441 CONNECTION CABLE (for D/A output)
9442 PRINTER
9443-01 AC ADAPTER (for Japan)
9443-02 AC ADAPTER (for Europe, except for Switzerland)
9443-03 AC ADAPTER (for the U.S.A.)
9444 CONNECTION CABLE (for printer)
1196 PRINT PAPER

295
15
18.1.2 Basic Specifications
Conditions for guaranteed accuracy
16
Conditions for guaranteed Warmup time of at least 30 minutes, sine wave input, power
accuracy factor = 1, PLL synchronization
* If using a fixed clock, accuracy is not guaranteed when the
input frequency and the fixed clock frequency do not agree. 17
Temperature and humidity range 233 (73 F5 F), 80% RH or less
(The specifications indicated here are defined for these
temperature and humidity ranges except where noted
otherwise.)
18
Basic frequency ranges 45 Hz to 66 Hz, and 360 Hz to 440 Hz
5
Measurement items
Measurement items Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,
power integration, power factor, and frequency 6
measured values are processed using the calculation formulas
shown in Tables 2 and 3.
7
Display
Display range 0.4% to 130% of range (values of 0.4% or less are suppressed to
zero.)
18
Effective measurement range 10% to 110% of range (only up to 100% for the 600 V range,
2.5% or more for the 20 A range, however)
Display update rate Approximately once per second (except during FD or RS-232C
9
operations)
10
Individual measurement items
Voltage and current measurement
Measurement ranges 150.00 V/300.00 V/600.00 V/auto range

11
Current 20.000 A/50.000 A/100.00 A/200.00 A/500.00 A/auto range
Accuracy is guaranteed in the 20A-100A range for the 9298
sensor, and in all ranges for the 9291 sensor. 12
Measurement method True effective value
Measurement accuracy Voltage: 0.1% rdg.0.2%f.s.
Current: 0.1% rdg.0.2%f.s.+ clamp on sensor specifications 13
Crest factor Voltage: 2 or less (with full scale input; 1.41 or less for the 600
V range, however)
Current: 3 or less (with full scale input; 2.84 or less for the 500
A range, however)
14

296
Active power measurement
Measurement range Determined by the voltage current range combination (Refer

to Table 1.)
Measurement accuracy 0.1% rdg. 0.2%f.s. + clamp on sensor specifications (power
factor = 1)
Effect of power factor 0.1% rdg. (45 Hz to 66 Hz, power factor = 0.5)
Polarity display: For When the consumption: unsigned; when the for regeneration: "-"
consumption
Reactive power measurement

to Table 1.)
When not using the reactive Reactive power is calculated on the basis of the voltage, current,
power meter method and active power measurements. (Refer to Table 2.)
When using the reactive power meter method: Reactive power is
measured directly by the reactive power meter method.
Measurement accuracy When not using the reactive power meter method: 1 dgt. for
each calculation from measured values
When using the reactive power 0.1% rdg. 0.2%f.s. + clamp on sensor specifications (reactive
meter method power factor = 1)
Effect of reactive power factor 1.0% rdg. (45 Hz to 66 Hz, reactive power factor = 0.5, using
the reactive power meter method)
Polarity display When the current lags the voltage: unsigned; when the current
leads the voltage: "-"
Apparent power measurement

to Table 1.)
Measurement accuracy 1 dgt. for each calculation from measured values
Polarity display No polarity
Power integration measurement
Measurement range Active power integration: 0.000 Wh to 999999 MWh

Reactive power integration: 0.000 varh to 999999 Mvarh
Apparent power integration: 0.000 VAh to 999999 MVAh
Integrated accuracy Accuracy of each active power, reactive power and apparent
power measurement 1 dgt.
Timer setting range 10 seconds to 1000 hours (settable in 10-second intervals)
Timer accuracy 25 ppm 1 s (25) (77 F)

297
Measurement display Active power integration: Displays power consumption,

regenerative power, and addition (simple addition)
15
Reactive power integration: Displays delay and lead for each
phase, total value (sum of absolute values)
* The display items and the integration calculation formulas
depend on the reactive power measurement method setting.
16
(Refer to Table 3.)
Power factor measurement

17
Measurement range -1.000 (lead) to 0.000 to +1.000 (lag)
Accuracy 1 dgt. for each calculation from measured values 18
Polarity display When the current lags the voltage: unsigned; when the current
leads the voltage: "-"
5
Frequency measurement
Measurement range 40.00 to 500.0 Hz

6
Measurable input range 10% to 110% of range (only up to 100% for the 600 V range,
however)
Measurement source Voltage U1, or current I1 (same as the PLL synchronization
7
source)
Accuracy 0.5% rdg. 1 dgt.
18
Other Characteristics
Frequency characteristics For a base frequency from 45 Hz to 66 Hz, up to the 50 th order

9
of the base wave: 3%f.s. + measurement accuracy
For a base frequency from 360 Hz to 440 Hz, up to the 7 th
order of the base wave: 3%f.s. + measurement accuracy
10
Temperature coefficient Not more than 0.1%f.s./
Effect of same phase voltage Not more than 0.2%f.s. (600 VrmsAC, 50/60 Hz, voltage input
terminal shorted with case)
11
Effect of external magnetic field: Not more than 1.5%f.s. (in a 400 Arms/m AC, 50/60 Hz
magnetic field)
Real-time clock accuracy 25 ppm 1 s (25) (77 F)
12
Effect of radiated radio- At 3 V/m Voltage: within 3.00 V
frequency electromagnetic field Current: within 0.05 A
13
14

298
18.1.3 Function Specifications

Instantaneous value display Displays voltage, current, average voltage, average current,
active power, reactive power, apparent voltage, power factor,
and frequency.
* Active power display includes consumption/regeneration and
reactive power; power factor display includes lag/lead phase
polarity display
* Average value displays are available only when measuring
three currents on a three-phase, three-wire line or when
measuring a three-phase, four-wire line.
Minimum/maximum value Displays minimum/maximum values for voltage, current, active
display power, reactive power, apparent power, power factor, and
current.
* Reactive power and power factor displays include
minimum/maximum values for each lagging/leading phase.
Time of generation display Displays time of generation for each minimum and maximum
value.
Contents of related settings Contents of setting mode, etc.
Print/save items Items to be printed on the printer/saved to floppy disk are
specified in 9 blocks (9 blocks arising from all possible
combinations of voltage, current and power with instantaneous
values, maximum values, and minimum values)
File names Up to eight alphanumeric characters (normal width) or four
kanji (double width)
D/A output items Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,
power factor and frequency
Integrated Measurement mode
Instantaneous value display Same as instantaneous value display contents for Normal
Measurement mode.
Minimum/maximum value Same as minimum/maximum display contents for Normal
display Measurement mode.

Integrated displays 1 and 2 (Refer to Table 3.)
When not using reactive power Integrated display 1: Active power integration, reactive power
method measurement integration, apparent power integration, and average value
within a time period when power is being consumed
Integrated display 2: Active power integration
consumption/regeneration/addition, apparent power integration
consumption/regeneration/addition, and reactive power
integration while power is being consumed
When using reactive power Integrated display 1: Active power integration, lagged reactive
method measurement power integration, apparent power integration, and average
value within a time period when power is being consumed
Integrated display 2: Active power integration
consumption/regeneration/addition, reactive power integration
lag/lead/total, and apparent power integration while power is
being consumed

299

Integration start method Time specification/manual
* Format for time specification: YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour
system)
Integration stop method Time specification/timer/manual
* Timer specification: 10 seconds to 1000 hours (in 10-second
steps)
* Format for time specification: YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour
system)
Output interval time 2 minutes to 1000 hours (one-minute intervals)
Print/save items Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, plus integrated
values and average values within a time period.
FD auto output On/off
RS-232C auto output On/off
D/A output items Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, and active power
integration (consumption, regeneration, addition)
Integrated output rates 5 V/5 kWh,5 V/10 kWh,5 V/50 kWh,5 V/100 kWh,5 V/500k Wh,
and 5 V/1 MWh
Demand Measurement mode
Instantaneous value display Same as instantaneous value display contents for Normal
Measurement mode.
Integrated displays 1 and 2 Same as integrated displays 1 and 2 for integrated
measurement, and also average values within a time period.
display Measurement mode (during integration time).
Demand display Displays results from the previous (most recent) demand
measurement period (power integration during the demand
period, average values within a time period, and maximum
demand value).
Maximum demand value generation time: Generation time of
the maximum demand value, up to the previous demand period
display Measurement mode (during demand time).
Daily report display Demand measurement results for a one-day period (24 hours)
following the demand measurement starting date and time
the maximum demand value a one-day period (24 hours)
Minimum/maximum value display Same as minimum/maximum display contents for Normal
Measurement mode (during daily report period).

300
Weekly report display Demand measurement results for a one-week period (7 days)
the maximum demand value for a one-week period (7 days)
display Measurement mode (during weekly report period).
Monthly report display Demand measurement results for a one-month period (until the
same date and time of the following month) following the
demand measurement starting date and time (Auto calendar
function)
the maximum demand value for a one-month period following
the demand measurement starting date and time
display Measurement mode (during monthly report period).

Start time YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour system)
Stop time YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour system)
Demand period 5 minutes/10 minutes/15 minutes/30 minutes/60 minutes/2
hours/3 hours/4 hours/6 hours/8 hours/12 hours
Transformer capacity 0.001 to 1000.000 kVA (in 0.001 kVA steps)
Print/save items Integrated Measurement mode items, integrated , demand
values, daily report values, weekly report values, and monthly
report values
FD auto output On/off
* The FD auto output time interval is the same as the demand
period.
RS-232C auto output On/off
D/A output items Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, and active power
integration (consumption, regeneration, addition)
Integrated output rates 5 V/5 kWh,5 V/10 kWh,5 V/50 kWh,5 V/100 kWh,5 V/500 kWh,
and 5 V/1 MWh
Harmonic mode
Displays results of harmonic analysis.

For details on display of measurements, settings, etc., refer to the specifications for the 9556 Harmonic
Analysis Software.

301
Setting Mode
Using the reactive power meter Yes/no (Refer to Table 2.)

method No: Reactive power is calculated on the basis of the voltage,
current, and active power measurements.
* Processing of the measured values is performed by calculation
formulas.
Yes: Reactive power is measured directly by the reactive power
meter method.
Sampling method PLL synchronization/fixed clock
PLL synchronization/frequency Voltage U1/current I1
source
Frequency on line being 50/60/400 Hz
measured
Display averaging times OFF/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 times (moving average processing)
PT ratio Setting range: 1 to 10000
CT ratio Setting range: 0.01 to 10000.00
Backlight On/off/auto off
Contrast Gradations can be set (1 to 16).
Key beep Key beep when a key is pressed can be turned on/off
RS-232C devices Printers, personal computers, modems
Real-time clock and calendar Year, month, day, hours, minutes
System reset System reset restores all settings to factory settings
Floppy disk mode
Loading Loads saved settings

Data output Saved settings can be printed out
Floppy disk initialization Supported disk capacities: 1.2MB/1.44MB (MS-DOS* format)
*"MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
File name changes File names can be changed.
File deletion Files can be deleted.

302
18.1.4 External Interfaces

RS-232C interface
The interface settings can be customized for the device that is connected (printer/personal
computer/modem).
Transfer method Start-stop synchronization, full duplex

Settings for printers Baud rate (bps): 2400, 9600
Data length (bits): 7, 8
Parity checking: Even, odd, off
Stop bit length: 1, 2
Flow control: None, XON/XOFF, RTS/CTS, both
Terminator transmission: CR/LF/CR+LF
Settings for personal computers Settings for printers, etc
Terminator reception: CR/LF/CR+LF
Settings for modems Settings for printers, etc
Telephone number: Input the telephone number being called.
Telephone information: Can be used to input comments.
Modem initialization command: 50 characters
ID code: 10 characters (used in order to identify device)
Remote control jack
Measurement start/stop control Integrated measurement start/stop control, and demand

measurement start control
Data reset control Data reset for integrated values and for minimum/maximum
values
Printing control Manual printing control
Floppy disk data save control Manual data save control
Control signal levels 0/5 V logic signals, and closed/open contact signals
D/A output jack

When the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT is installed, up to four items set as D/A output setting items can be
output.
Output items Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,
power factor, frequency, and active power integration
(consumption, regeneration, and addition)
The items that can be set also depend on the measurement
mode, however.
Data reset control DC 5 V/f.s
Output update rate Normal Measurement mode: Every 2 cycles at 50/60 Hz, every
16 cycles at 400 Hz
Output accuracy Measurement accuracy 0.2%f.s.
Floppy disk drive
When the optional 9595 FDD UNIT is externally connected to the power meter, it can be used to store
measurements and settings, and to load settings.

303
Warning functions
Bad wiring check Pressing the CHECK key calls up the "Wiring Check" screen,
and permits checking the wiring, phase sequence, and for
reversed clamp on sensor connections.
Over-range indicator "o.r." is displayed when the input exceeds 130% of the range.
However, minimum/maximum values are displayed until they
go out of the dynamic range.
Excessive input warning The Uov, lov marks are displayed when the peak value of the
(Out of dynamic range) voltage or current input waveform exceeds the range by a factor
of two (a factor of three, in the case of current).
PLL unlock If the PLL lock is lost due to the effects of a distorted waveform,
etc. PLL is displayed and measurement is executed with a fixed
clock.
Other functions
Display language switch Display language can be switched between Japanese and
English.
Display hold function Displayed values can be held by pressing the HOLD key.
Battery backup function Backs up settings and integrated measurement/demand
measurement data.
Processing if power is lost Backs up settings and integrated measurement/demand
measurement data if power is lost.
Key lock function Disables all keys, except for the power switch and the CHECK
key.

304
18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table
The following table shows the organization of the ranges for current, voltage,
and power (active, reactive, and apparent).
9291 CLAMP ON SENSOR

Current 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR
Voltage Wiring mode
20.000 A 50.000 A 100.00 A 200.00 A 500.00 A
1-phase,2-wire 3.0000 kW 7.5000 kW 15.000 kW 30.000 kW 75.000 kW
1-phase,3-wire 6.0000 15.000 30.000 60.000 150.00
150.00 V 3-phase,3-wire,2-power 6.0000 15.000 30.000 60.000 150.00
3-phase,3-wire,3-power 6.0000 15.500 30.000 60.000 150.00
3-phase,4-wire 9.0000 22.500 45.000 90.000 225.00
1-phase,3-wire 12.000 30.000 60.000 120.00 300.00
3-phase,3-wire,3-power 12.000 30.000 60.000 120.00 300.00
3-phase,4-wire 18.000 45.000 90.000 180.00 450.00
1-phase,3-wire 24.000 60.000 120.00 240.00 600.00
3-phase,3-wire,3-power 24.000 60.000 120.00 240.00 600.00
3-phase,4-wire 36.000 90.000 180.00 360.00 900.00
* The Range Organization Table shows the full scale display value for each
measurement range.
* For the apparent power and reactive power measurement ranges, substitute
"VA" or "var" for "W" as the unit in the table.
* The display value for input at 0.4% or less of the measurement range is
suppressed to zero.
* The displayed measurement values for each range can go as high as 130% of
the range.
The display ranges for the power integration are as follows:
* Accuracy is guaranteed in the 20A-100A range for the 9298 sensor, and in all
ranges for the 9291 sensor.
000.000 Wh to 999.000 Wh
001.000 kWh to 999.999 kWh
001.000 MWh to 999.999 MWh
to 999999 MWh
NOTE For the apparent power and reactive power integration, substitute "VAh" or
"varh" for "Wh" as the unit in each table.

18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table
305
18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations
Table 2 shows the calculation formulas used for voltage, current, power
(active, reactive, apparent), and power factor.
Table 3 shows the calculation formulas used for the power integration.
Table 2. Basic Calculation Formulas
Wiring 3-phase, 3-wire

1-phase, 2 voltage, 2 voltage,
setting 1-phase, 2-wire 3-phase, 4-wire
3-wire 2 current 3 current
Item
U1 U1
U1 U1 U1
U2
Voltage U2 U2 U2
U3
U[rms]
I1 I1 I1
I1 I1
I2 I2
Current I2 I2
I3 I3
I[Arms]
Active P1
power P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2+P3
P[W]
Q1
When not using the
reactive power meter
method
Reactive
Q1+Q2
power
Q[var] When using the reactive
power meter method Q1+Q2 Q1+Q2+Q3
S1
When not using the
reactive power meter
method
S1+S2 S1+S2+S3
Apparent
power
S[VA] When using the reactive
power meter method
When P>S, P=S

Power
factor
[]

306
* U: Voltage between lines (phase voltage for 3-phase, 4-wire wiring); I: Line
current; Uave:Iave: Average voltage/average current; si: Lead/lag polarity, "+1"
is lag, "-" is lead.
* u: measurement channel; M: number of samples; s: sample point number; m:
number of samples per cycle (128 for 50/60 Hz, 16 for 400 Hz)
* Two different methods of calculating the reactive power can be selected. There
are also two different methods for calculating the apparent power, depending
on how the reactive power is calculated.
* "si" is detected by the reactive power meter method.

307
Table 3. Integration Calculation Formulas
Reactive power
measurement When not using the reactive When using the reactive
power meter method power meter method
Display screen
Active power integration during Active power integration during
consumption consumption
WP:(P)/h WP:(P)/h
Integration 1/2 screen Apparent power integration during Lagging reactive power integration
(basic) consumption WQ:(Q)/h
WS:(S)/h
Reactive power integration during Apparent power integration during
consumption consumption
Active power integration Active power integration

Consumption Consumption
:(P)/h :(P)/h
Active power integration Active power integration
Regeneration Regeneration
:(P)/h :(P)/h
Active power integration Addition Active power integration
:(P)/h(P)/h Addition
:(P)/h+(P)/h
Apparent power integration Reactive power integration
Integration 2/2
Consumption Lag
screen (detailed) :(S)/h :(Q)/h
Apparent power integration Reactive power integration
Regeneration Lead
:(S)/h :(Q)/h
Apparent power integration Addition Reactive power integration
:(S)/h+S/h Total
:(Q)/h+Q/h
Reactive power integration (during Apparent power integration
consumption) (during consumption)
Average value within a time period of

Load the Active power integration (consumption)(Pave)
factor
100
LF%
Maximum demand value (Pavemax)
Demand screen
Usage Average value within a time period of
factor the apparent power integration (consumption)(Save)
TLF 100
% Transformer capacity setting

308
* The polarity sign for the active power P indicates the direction in which power
flows during consumption (P) and regeneration (-P).
The polarity sign for the reactive power Q is indicated by "+Q" for a lagging
power factor and by "-Q" for a leading power factor.
The polarity sign for the apparent power S is indicated by "+S" when power
consumption occurs, and by "-S" when power regeneration occurs.
* "h" indicates elapsed time.
* " (+P)" etc., indicate the integrated power value from the start of integration
until the end of the elapsed period.
* "-S" and "-Q" indicate absolute values.
* The transformer capacity can be set as desired.
* Because integration by the reactive power meter method is performed for both
polarities (lag and lead), consumption/regeneration power flows that occur
during integration are integrated with the value that has the same respective
polarity.

309
18.4 Internal Block Diagram
An internal block diagram of the 3166 is shown below.
50/60 Hz
fixed clock
Waveform PLL CPU

Frequency
adjustment measurement
Flash
ROM
Range Photo
amplifier -coupler Backup
SRAM
Range
A/D
amplifier
Dual port Work
RAM DRAM
Range Photo
amplifier -coupler
KEY LCD
A/D Timing
Range control
amplifier Key
RTC beep
Range Photo
amplifier -coupler External D/A
control
Range A/D
amplifier RS- FD
232C
Optional
Block Diagram
18.4 Internal Block Diagram

310
18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications
These specifications apply to the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR.

The expressions "9291 Specifications / 9298 Specifications" and the like
indicate that different specifications are used.
Location for use Indoors, altitude up to 2000 m (6562 feet)
Rated primary current Up to 500 AAC / Up to 100 AAC
Rated secondary current Up to 500 mAAC / Up to 100 mAAC
Accuracy specifications assumptions 235 (73 F9 F), 45 Hz to 66 Hz, used in
combination with the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER
HiTESTER
Secondary current oscillation accuracy 0.5% rdg.0.2%f.s.
"f.s." is assumed to be the current range set for the 3166.
Secondary current phase accuracy Within 0.5 degree / 90 A or below: within 1 above 90
A but not exceeding 100 A: 1.3
Oscillation frequency characteristics 66 Hz to 3 kHz, within 1% (deviation from accuracy)
Effect of external magnetic fields Maximum of 0.1 A equivalent (in a 400 A/m AC field)
Effect of position of conductor Within 0.5%
Maximum allowable input 550 / 130 A continuous at 45 to 66 Hz and 50
Withstand voltage 5.55 / 3.7 kVAC for 1 minute
Between circuitry and case, or core and case
Maximum current voltage in circuitry 600 / 300 VrmsAC (insulated conductor)
Operating temperature and humidity range 0 to 50, 80% RH or less (no condensation)
Storage temperature and humidity range -10 to 60, 80% RH or less (no condensation)
Applicable standards Safety: EN61010-2-032:1995, EN61010-2-031:1994,
pollution integration 2, overvoltage category III
Conductor diameter that can be measured 46 mm (1.81") / 15 mm (0.59")
Cord length 3 m (9.84 feet)
External dimensions 77 (W) 151 (H) 42 (D) mm (3.03" (W) 5.95" (H)
1.65" (D)) / 46 (W) 135 (H) 21 (D) mm (1.81" (W)
5.32" (H) 0.83" (D))
Mass Approx. 360 g (12.70 oz) / 230 g (8.1 oz)
Accessories Instruction Manual 1
Mark bands 6 (2 each of red, yellow, blue)

18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications
311
18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications
These specifications apply to the 9595 FDD UNIT.
18.6.1 General Specifications

Storage temperature and -10 to 50 (50 F to 122 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)
humidity range
Operating temperature and 5 to 40 (41 F to 104 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)
humidity range
Power supply Power is supplied by the 3166.
External dimensions 240 (W) 33 (H) 170 (D) mm
(9.45" (W) 1.30" (H) 6.69" (D))
(excludes cables and projections)
Mass Approx. 740g (26.10 oz)
18.6.2 Specifications
Compatible media 3.5-inch 2HD floppy disks (1.2MB/1.44MB)
Format Format: (MS-DOS* format)
*"MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Data that can be saved
1. Setting conditions Can save all setting conditions set in the 3166.
2. Measured values Can save data on voltage, current, active power, reactive power,
apparent power, power factor, frequency, active power
integration, reactive power integration, apparent power
integration, maximum values, minimum values, time data, and
harmonic analysis data.
18.6.3 Functions
Functions that can be used Saving and loading settings

when connected to the 3166 Saving measured values
Outputting measured values (to a printer for direct printing)
Initializing floppy disks
Changing file names and deleting files

312
18.6.4 Miscellaneous
Because the 9595 FDD UNIT is an option designed specifically for the 3166,
items not noted here are covered by the specifications for the 3166.
18.6.5 Accessories
Accessories Instruction manual 1

Mounting screws 4

APPENDIX 1
2
Appendix
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
APP
IND
APPENDIX 2
Appendix 1 Error Messages
Message Remedy
Floppy disk-related
File names cannot include spaces. Do not use spaces in file names.
Data is in the process of being saved to the floppy disk.
Saving data. Wait for a few moments.
Data is saved to the floppy disk.
Save completed. (The date and time at which the data was saved is also
displayed.)
The floppy disk is write-protected; release the write-
Disk is write-protected. protection in order to save data on the disk.
For an unknown reason, the floppy disk save/load operation
File error. could not be performed. Execute the operation again.
9595 FDD unit not connected. The 9595 FDD UNIT is not connected.
For an unknown reason, the specified file could not be
Could not open file. opened. Execute the operation again. Confirm that a floppy
disk has been properly inserted.
The setting file or measurement file does not exist on the
File is not exist. floppy disk.
File error occurred. Cannot output This message is displayed when data could not be output
because an error occurred in either the setting data file or
data. the measurement data file.
This message is displayed when the file name was changed
File already exist. to the name of a file that already exists. Set a different file
name.
Setting screen-related
Cant alter settings when measuring When changing the settings, first perform a data reset on the
measurement screen.
or with data in memory.
Cant alter settings while holding. When changing the settings, first release the hold condition.
When changing the settings, first release the key lock
Cant alter settings with keylock on. condition.
When changing the settings, first terminate the measurement
process and then perform a data reset. Note that although
Cant alter settings in standby. the "print/save items" and the "FD auto output" setting can
be changed, additional integration will not be possible.
Measurement screen-related
This message is displayed when the data was cleared by
Measurement data was reset. pressing the DATA RESET key.
Cant return unless the hold is Release the hold and then execute the operation before
returning to the "initial" screen.
released.
Cant return without performing a Perform a data reset before returning to the "initial" screen.
data reset.
Integration start/stop times are The integration start/stop times are in the past compared
time. Cant start integrated measurement.
invalid.
Integrated measurement cannot start (because integration
Cant start integrated measurement. has ended).

APPENDIX 3
Message Remedy 1
OK to stop integration? This inquiry appears when stopping integrated measurement.
This message appears when integrated measurement ended
Integrated measurement ended. at the set time.
(Displayed when additional integration is not possible.)
2
This message is displayed when integrated measurement is
Will end according to timer. to end after the time set by the timer.
This message is displayed when there are still integrated 3
values remaining in integrated measurement. If additional
Additional integration permitted. integration is not to be performed, execute a data reset
before starting the next measurement.
This warning is displayed when the RETURN key was 4
Cant return without stopping pressed while integrated measurement was still in progress.
integration and resetting the data. Stop measurement and execute a data reset before
returning to the "initial" screen.
OK to stop demand measurement? This inquiry appears when stopping demand measurement. 5
The set start time is in the past compared to the current
Invalid demand start time. time. Reset the start time as a future time.
Cant return without stopping This warning is displayed when the RETURN key was 6
pressed while demand measurement was still in progress.
demand measurement and resetting Stop measurement and execute a data reset before
the data. returning to the initial screen.
There is still data from the last measurement stored in 7
Cant start demand measurement. memory. Before starting demand measurement, press the
DATA RESET key to clear the data.
This warning is displayed when a power failure occurred.
A power failure occurred. (If a printer is connected, the date and time is output.If a 8
printer is connected, the date and time is output.)
Interface-related
Please set RS-232C connection to When outputting data to the printer, set "printer" as the 9
device connected to the RS-232C interface.
printer.
Use numbers, hyphens and comma Input telephone numbers in a format such as "0268-28-
to input TEL numbers.
0575". ("0268280575" is also permissible.) 10
Use letters, numbers and symbols
for input.
Other message
11
Executing a system reset restores Except for the data and time settings when the power meter
is shipped from the factory.
all of the factory settings.
12
NOTE
This message disappears when a key is pressed.
13
14
15
APP

IND
APPENDIX 4
Appendix 2 List of Commands
Appendix 2.1 List of Commands
Command Data format Explanation Page

( ): number of data items
:AVERaging NR1 numeric data (1) Display average time setting. 170
:AVERaging? Display average time query. 170
:BACKlight [ON/OFF/AUTO] Backlight setting. 171
:BACKlight? Backlight setting query. 171
:BEEPer [ON/OFF] Key beep on or off setting. 172
:BEEPer? Key beep setting query. 172
:CLOCk NR1 numeric data (6) Real time (system) clock setting. 173
:CLOCk? Real time (system) clock query. 173
:CONTrast NR1 numeric data (1) Contrast setting. 174
:CONTrast? Contrast setting query. 174
:CURRent? Current range setting value 175
query.
:CURRent
:AUTO [ON/OFF] Current auto range setting. 176
:AUTO? Current auto range setting query. 176
:RANGe NR1 numeric data (1) Current range setting. 177
:RANGe? Current range setting query. 177
:DEMand
:AUTO [Any four items] Character Demand measurement D/A output 178
data item setting.
:AUTO? Demand measurement D/A output 178
item query.
:AOUT
:RATE Demand measurement integrated 179
output rate setting.
:RATE? NR1 numeric data (1) Demand measurement integrated 179
output rate query.
:DATAout
:FD [ON/OFF] Demand measurement FD 180
automatic output setting.
:FD? Demand measurement FD 180
automatic output query.

APPENDIX 5

1
:FILEname Demand measurement FD output 181
file name setting. 2
:FILEname? [File name] Character data Demand measurement FD output 181
file name query.
:ITEM NR1 numeric data (4) Demand print/save item setting. 182 3
:ITEM? Demand print/save item query. 182
:STARt No present Demand measurement start in 183
demand measurement mode. 4
:STARt
:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Demand measurement start time 184
setting. 5
:TIME? Demand measurement start time 184
query.
:STATE? No present Demand measurement status
query.
184 6
:STOP No present Demand measurement stop in 185
demand measurement mode.
:STOP
7
:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Demand measurement stop time 186
setting.
Demand measurement stop time 186
8
:TIME?
query.
:TIME NR1 numeric data (1) Demand time setting. 187
Demand time query. 187
9
:TIME?
:TRANs NR3 numeric data (1) Transformer capacity setting. 185
:TRANs? Transformer capacity query. 185 10
:DISPlay? Displayed screen query. 189
:DISPlay
:DEMand NR1 numeric data (1) Demand measurement mode 190
11
display.
:INTEgrate NR1 numeric data (1) Integrated measurement mode 191
display. 12
:NORMal NR1 numeric data (1) Normal measurement mode 192
display.
:INItial No present Initial screen display. 193 13
:DRESet No present Data reset execution. 193
14
15
APP

IND
APPENDIX 6

:FREQuency Measurement line frequency 194
setting.
:FREQuency? Measurement line frequency 194
setting query.
:HEADer [ON/OFF] Header setting. 195
:HEADer? Header setting query. 195
:HOLD [ON/OFF] Display hold setting. 196
:HOLD? Display hold setting query. 196
:INTEgrate
:AOUT [Any four items] Character Integrated measurement D/A 197
data output item setting.
:AOUT? Integrated measurement D/A 197
output item query.
:AOUT
:RATE NR1 numeric data (1) Integrated measurement D/A 198
output rate setting.
:RATE? Integrated measurement D/A 198
output rate query.
:DATAout
:FD [ON/OFF] Integrated measurement mode FD 199
automatic output setting.
:FD? Integrated measurement mode FD 199
automatic output query.
:FILEname [File name] Character data Integrated measurement FD 200
output file name setting.
:FILEname? Integrated measurement FD 200
output file name query.
:ITEM NR1 numeric data (3) Integrated measurement 201
print/save item setting.
:ITEM? Integrated measurement 201
print/save item query.
:INTerval NR1 numeric data (2) Output interval setting. 202
:INTerval? Output interval query. 202
:STARt No present Integrated measurement start in 203
integrated measurement mode.
:STARt
:METHod [MANUAL/TIME] Integrated measurement start 204
method setting.
:METHod? Integrated measurement start 204
method query.

APPENDIX 7

:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Integrated measurement start 205
time setting.
:TIME? Integrated measurement start 205
time query.
:STATe? Integrated measurement state 206
query.
:STOP Integrated measurement stop in 206
integrated measurement mode.
:STOP
:METHod [MANUAL/TIME/TIMER] Integrated measurement stop 207
method setting.
:METHod? Integrated measurement stop 207
method query.
:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Integrated measurement stop 208
time setting.
:TIME? Integrated measurement stop 208
time query.
:TIMEr NR1 numeric data (3) Integrated timer setting. 209
:TIMEr? Integrated timer query. 209
:KLOCk [ON/OFF] Key lock execution. 210
:KLOCk? Key lock execution query. 210
:MEASure
:DEMand
:INSTant? NR1 numeric data (2) Demand measurement 211
instantaneous data query.
:DEMand? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement demand 212
data query.
:DAYly? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement mode daily 216
report data query.
:WEEKly? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement mode 216
weekly report data query.
:MONthly? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement mode 216
monthly report data query.
:INTEgrate? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement mode 216
integrated data query.

APPENDIX 8

:INTEgrate? NR1 numeric data (13) Integrated measurement data 217
query.
:NORMal? NR1 numeric data (10) Normal measurement data query. 220
:NORMal
:AOUT [Any four items] Character Normal measurement D/A output 222
data item setting.
:AOUT? Normal measurement D/A output 222
item query.
:DATAout
:FILEname [file name] Character data Normal measurement FD output 223
file name setting.
:FILEname? Normal measurement FD output 223
file name query.
:ITEM NR1 numeric data (2) Normal measurement mode 224
print/save item setting.
:ITEM? Normal measurement mode 224
print/save item query.
:OPERationvar [ON/OFF] Reactive power operation method 225
setting.
:OPERationvar? Reactive power meter method 225
setting query.
:RESEt No present System reset execution. 226
:SAMPling [PLL/CLOCK] Sampling method setting. 227
:SAMPling? Sampling method setting query. 227
:SCALe
:CT NR3 numeric data (1) CT ratio setting. 228
:CT? CT ratio setting query. 228
:PT NR3 numeric data (1) PT ratio setting. 229
:PT? PT ratio setting query. 229
:SOURce [U1/I1] PLL synchronization, frequency 230
measurement source setting.
:SOURce? PLL synchronization, frequency 230
measurement source query.
:TRANsmit
:SEParator NR1 numeric data (1) Separator setting. 231
:SEParator? Separator setting query. 231
:TERMinator NR1 numeric data (1) Delimiter setting. 232
:TERMinator? Delimiter query. 232

APPENDIX 9

:VOLTage? Voltage range setting value query. 233
:VOLTage
:AUTO [ON/OFF] Voltage auto range setting. 234
:AUTO? Voltage auto range setting query. 234
:RANGe NR1 numeric data (1) Voltage range setting. 235
:RANGe? Voltage range setting query. 235
:WIRing NR1 numeric data (1) Wiring method setting. 236
:WIRing? Wiring method setting query. 236

APPENDIX 10
Appendix 2.2 Hierarchical Organization of Commands
AVERaging
AVERaging?
BACKlight
BACKlight?
BEEPer
BEEPer?
CLOCk
CONTrast
CONTrast?
CURRent?
CURRent AUTO
AUTO?
RANGe
RANGe?
DEMand AOUT
AOUT?
AOUT RATE
RATE?
DATAout FD
FD?
FILEname
FILEname?
ITEM
ITEM?
STARt
STARt TIME
TIME?
STATe?

APPENDIX 11
STOP
STOP TIME
TIME?
TIME
TIME?
TRANs
TRANs?
DISPlay?
DISPlay DEMand
INTEgrate
NORMal
lINItial
DRESet
FREQuency
FREQuency?
HEADer
HEADer?
HOLD
HOLD?
INTEGrate AOUT
AOUT?
AOUT RATE
RATE?
DATAout FD
FD?
FILEname
FILEname?
ITEM
ITEM?

APPENDIX 12
INTerval
INTerval?
STARt
STARt METHod
METHod?
TIME
TIME?
STATe?
STOP
STOP METHod
METHod?
TIME
TIME?
TIMEr
TIMEr?
KLOCk
KLOCk?
MEASure DEMand INSTant?
INTEgrate? DEMand?
NORMal? DAYly?
WEEKly?
MONthly?
INTEgrate?
NORMal AOUT
AOUT?
DATAout FILEname
FILEname?
ITEM
ITEM?

APPENDIX 13
OPERationvar
OPERationvar?
RESEt
SAMPling
SAMPling?
SCALe CT
CT?
PT
PT?
SOURce
SOURce?
TRANsmit SEParator
SEParator?
TERMinator
TERMinator?
VOLTage?
VOLTage AUTO
AUTO?
RANGe
RANGe?
WIRing
WIRing?

APPENDIX 14
Appendix 2.3 Valid Commands for Each Status

Valid Commands for Each
Initial screen Menu screen when the power is turned on.

Setting mode Setting mode screen.
FD mode Floppy Disk mode screen.
Continue Measurement mode status in Normal Measurement
mode.
HOLD Hold function in use (H mark is displayed).
Wiring check Incorrect wiring check screen.
Setting Setting screen for Normal Measurement mode.
Integrated measurement mode
Continue,while integrated Either waiting for the integrated measurement start key
to be pressed, or integrated measurement is in
measurement is in progress progress.
Hold, while integrated Hold function is being used in the above state (H mark
is displayed).
measurement is in progress
Continue, while integrated Either integrated measurement has been stopped or
has ended.
measurement is stopped
Hold, while integrated Hold function is being used in the above state (H mark
is displayed).
Setting Setting screen for Integrated Measurement mode.
Demand measurement mode
Continue, while demand Either waiting for the demand measurement start key
to be pressed, or demand measurement is in
measurement is in progress progress.
Hold, while demand measurement Hold function is being used in the above state (H mark
is displayed).
is in progress
Continue, while demand Demand measurement has ended.
Hold, while demand measurement Hold function is being used in the above state (H mark
is displayed).
is stopped
Setting Setting.
Can be executed.
Cannot be executed.
Partly A device-dependent error results while integrated
measurement or demand measurement is in progress.

APPENDIX 15
: Continue/ : HOLD/ : Wiring/ : Setting
Normal Integrated measurement

Condition measurement Demand measurement mode
mode
Setting mode
Initial mode/
screen FD Integration Demand
mode
RUN STOP RUN STOP
Command
:AVERaging Partly Partly Partly Partly
:AVERaging?
:BACKlight
:BACKlight?
:BEEPer
:BEEPer?
:CLOCk
:CLOCk?
:CONTrast
:CONTrast?
:CURRent?
:CURRent
:AUTO Partly Partly Partly
:AUTO? Partly
:RANGe Partly Partly Partly

:RANGe?
:DEMand
:AUTO Partly Partly
:AUTO?
:AOUT
:RATE Partly Partly
:RATE?
:DATAout
:FD Partly Partly
:FD?
:FILEname Partly Partly
:FILEname?

APPENDIX 16

mode
Setting mode
Initial mode/
mode
RUN STOP RUN STOP
Command
:ITEM Partly Partly
:ITEM?
:STARt Partly
:STARt
:TIME Partly Partly
:TIME?
:STATe?
:STOP Partly
:STOP
:TIME Partly Partly
:TIME?
:TIME Partly Partly
:TIME?
:TRANs Partly Partly
:TRANs?
:DISPlay?
:DISPlay
:DEMand Partly Partly Partly Partly
:INTEgrate Partly Partly Partly Partly
:NORMal Partly Partly Partly Partly
:INItial Partly Partly Partly Partly Partly Partly
:DRESet
:FREQuency Partly Partly Partly Partly
:FREQuency?
:HEADer
:HEADer?
:HOLD
:HEADer?

APPENDIX 17

mode
Setting mode
Initial mode/
mode
RUN STOP RUN STOP
Command
:INTEgrate
:AOUT Partly Partly
:AOUT?
:AOUT
:RATE Partly Partly
:RATE?
:DATAout
:FD Partly Partly
:FD?
:FILEname Partly Partly
:FILEname?
:ITEM Partly Partly
:ITEM?
:INTerval Partly Partly
:INTerval?
:STARt Partly
:STARt
:METHod Partly Partly
:METHod?
:TIME Partly Partly
:TIME?
:STATe?
:STOP Partly
:STOP
:METHod Partly Partly
:METHod?
:TIME Partly Partly
:TIME?
:TIMEr Partly Partly
:TIMEr?

APPENDIX 18

mode
Setting mode
Initial mode/
mode
RUN STOP RUN STOP
Command
:KLOCk
:KLOCk?
:MEASure
:DEMand
:INSTant?
:DEMand?
:DAYly
:WEEKly?
:MONthly?
:INTEgrate?
:INTEgrate?
:NORMal?
:NORMal
:AOUT
:AOUT?
:DATAout
:FILEname
:FILEname?
:ITEM
:ITEM?
:OPERationvar Partly Partly
:OPERationvar?
:RESEt
:SAMPling Partly Partly Partly
:SAMPling?

APPENDIX 19

mode
Setting mode
Initial mode/
mode
RUN STOP RUN STOP
Command
:SCALe
:CT Partly Partly Partly
:CT?
:PT Partly Partly Partly
:PT?
:SOURce Partly Partly Partly
:SOURce?
:TRANsmit
:SEParator
:SEParator?
:TERMinator
:TERMinator?
:VOLTage?
:VOLTage?
:AUTO Partly Partly Partly
:AUTO?
:RANGe Partly Partly Partly
:RANGe?
:WIRing
:WIRing?

APPENDIX 20
Appendix 2.4 Chart of Initialization Items
Initialization method Power on System reset

RS-232C setting
Device-specific functions

(range, etc.)
Output queue
Input buffer
Current path
Header ON/OFF
Response message delimiter
Response message separator

APPENDIX 21
Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration,

and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead
and Lag
Appendix 3.1 Active Power

In the 3166, the polarity of active power is positive ("+") for consumption
power and negative ("-") for regeneration power. The phase difference of the
current versus the voltage for consumption power ranges from -90 to +90,
and for regeneration power ranges from -180 to -90 and from +90 to +180.
Of the types of power mentioned above, only the data for consumption power
is added for the consumption power integration +WP. Similarly, only the data
for regeneration power is added for -WP. WP indicates the total power
integration, balancing consumption and regeneration.
NOTE
Normally, power that is supplied (consumed) flows from the power supply to
the load, but in equipment that uses a motor for motive power (such as an
elevator), power sometimes returns to the power supply (is regenerated) when
the load is light, etc.
Appendix 3.2 Reactive Power

This power meter permits selection of one of two measurement methods for
reactive power.
a.Not using the reactive power meter method
This method, used in most power meters, derives the reactive power indirectly
from calculations based on direct measurements of active power and apparent
power (the product of the real values for voltage and current, including
harmonic wave components). Therefore, in cases where the composition of the
harmonic wave components included in the voltage and current differs, the
polarity only is determined through the reactive power method. For lagging
phases, "+" is added; for leading phases, "-" is added. The phase difference of
the current versus the voltage for consumption power ranges from 0 to +180
for both lagging and leading phases, respectively.
b. Using the reactive power meter method
This method measures the reactive power directly, in the same manner as
reactive power meters that are installed at the locations of high-demand power
consumers. Using this method eliminates the effects of an imbalance or
asymmetry between lines being measured. In addition, measurement values
are calculated using only those voltage and current components that are of the
same frequency.
The polarity is the same as when not using the reactive power meter method.
Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag
APPENDIX 22
Reference Differences in measured values

Note that some voltage and current waveforms will yield different results for
reactive power and power factor measurements when each of the
measurement methods described above is selected.
When the voltage and current waveforms are both sine waves (or have
identical waveforms)
In the case of a sine wave such as that shown in the diagram, only the base
wave is present, so the same measured values will be obtained, regardless of
which measurement method is used.
Input WaveformSine Wave
When the voltage waveform is a sine wave and the current waveform is a
unique distorted waveform (There are harmonic wave components in the
current.)
In the case of a sine wave such as that shown in the diagram, using the
reactive power meter method will yield a small reactive power value and a
large (good) power factor.
This difference arises as a result of the principles described below.
When the reactive power meter method is not used, in order to determine the
reactive power (var1), the apparent power (VA1) derived from the product of
the actual current and voltage values includes not only the base wave
component but also the harmonic wave components. The power factor in this
case is labelled 1.
Conversely, when using the reactive power meter method, only components of
the same frequency appear as measured values because the reactive power is
determined directly, like the active power (P). Therefore, in this example, the
current waveform has many harmonic wave components, and the reactive
power (var2) of the component that has the same frequency as the voltage (i.e.,
just the base wave) is smaller than that measured by the method described
above. Because the apparent power (VA2) derived from this P and var2 is also
smaller as a result, the power factor (2) increases, since it is derived from
the ratio of the active power and the apparent power.
var1 > var2
VA1 > VA2
1 < 2
APPENDIX 23
Input Waveform Current is Distorted
APPENDIX 24
Appendix 3.3 Power Factor

Regardless of whether the reactive power meter method is used or not, the
power factor is derived from calculations based on direct measurements of
active power and apparent power. The polarity for lagging phases is unsigned;
for leading phases, "-" is added.
Note that this polarity is determined by the reactive power polarity are
derived through the reactive power meter method.
LEADLead LAGLag
Consumption
Active power
P
WP
Reactive Reactive
power power
Q Q
WQ WQ
90 90
Power Power
factor factor Regeneration
Active power
P
WP
180
Phase Relationship between Voltage and Current
APPENDIX 25
Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166

update rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the
minimum/maximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and
maximum values in all of the continuously measured sample values.
Because all of the continuously measured sample value data is integrated for
the integrated values in Integrated Measurement mode and Demand
Measurement mode, even transient waveforms can be measured.
In Normal Measurement mode the D/A output continuously outputs all of the
continuously measured sample values.
Therefore, even transient changes in the input waveform generated by a power
spike, for example, will be faithfully detected or output.
In Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode, however, the D/A
output follows the display update rate.

APPENDIX 26
Instantaneous Approximately 1 second Approximately 1 second

value
measurement Display Display Display
Instantaneous
value display Effective value calculation Effective value calculation
Effective value calculation
Minimum/
maximum
value detection Two cycles
Input
Integrated value
Integrate Power calculation Power calculation Power calculation

d/Deman
d
measure
Normal Output Output Output

Measurement
mode
D/A output
Integrated Output Output Output

Measurement
mode/Demand
Measurement
mode
Sampling

APPENDIX 27
Appendix 5 Screen Configuration
Execute
FD
Return Next page
Initial screen Execute
Setup Function setup Function
1/2 setup 2/2
Return
Previous page
Return
Execute Execute Execute
Normal Integrated Demand

measurement measurement measurement
Instantaneous
values Screen switching Item changing
Page changing
Instantaneous Values
F1
Minimum/maximum
Minimum/ Integration 1/2
maximum Integration 2/2 11
Return Return Return

Check Check Check
Normal measurem- Wiring diagram Integrated measurem- Demand Measurem-
ent setup screen 1/2 ent setup screen 1/2 Wiring diagram ent setup screen 1/2 Wiring diagram
Previo- Previo- Next Previo- Next
Next
us page Wiring check us page Wiring check us page Wiring check
page page page
Normal measurem- Integrated measurem- Demand measurem-
ent setup screen 2/2 ent setup screen 2/2 ent setup screen 2/2
Integrated values
Demand
Daily Report
Weekly Report
Monthly Report
Minimum/maximum, Integration 1/2, Integration 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Demand 1/2, Demand 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Daily Report 1/2, Daily Report 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Weekly Report 1/2, Weekly Report 2/2
11 Minimum/maximum, Monthly Report 1/2, Monthly Report 2/2
Appendix 5 Screen Configuration

APPENDIX 28
Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying Case

The optional 9383 CARRYING CASE is useful when you need to carry the
3166 and take measurements in the field. The carrying case can accommodate
the 3166 with the 9595 FDD UNIT attached, three 9291 CLAMP ON
SENSOR, the 9438 VOLTAGE CORD, the instruction manual, and other
items.
The carrying case includes a window that allows you to read the display
screen without needing to remove the 3166 from its carrying case. A side flap
also allows you to insert and remove floppy disks.
Indication window
Instruction manual
Fix to belt after

attached.
Clamp on sensors
3166,9595
Voltage cord
FD output port
Packing the 3166 Into the Carrying Case
Reference When putting the 3166 with the 9595 FDD UNIT attached into the carrying
case, remove the sponge padding from the carrying case.
NOTE
The carrying case is not designed to be waterproof or dustproof. Do not use
the carrying case under dusty or wet conditions.
Gently wipe dirt from the surface of the 3166 to the carrying case unit with
a soft cloth moistened with a small amount of water or mild detergent. Do
not try to clean the unit using cleaners containing organic solvents such as
benzine, alcohol, acetone, ether, ketones, thinners, or gasoline. They may
cause discoloration or damage.
Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying Case

APPENDIX 29
Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms
RMS:
Root Mean Square value for a voltage or current waveform. This value is used
to represent the size of an AC signal. Because the 3166 converts waveform
data to a digital signal before performing this operation, even distorted signals
can be measured accurately.
CT:
Current Transformer. When measuring strong current, the current
transformer is used to reduce the current to an appropriate level before
supplying it to the power meter.
CT ratio:
This ratio is used to convert the current value on the secondary side of the CT
to the primary side.
PT:
Potential Transformer. When measuring high voltage, the potential
transformer is used to reduce the voltage to an appropriate level before
supplying it to the power meter.
PT ratio:
This ratio is used to convert the voltage value on the secondary side of the PT
to the primary side.
Chattering:
When a relay contact closes, chattering is a phenomenon in which the contact
does not close right away but quickly opens and closes repeatedly.
PLL:
Phase Locked Loop. Synchronization is attained with the base wave
component of the signal being measured, and the signal is constantly sampled
at 256 points over two cycles.
D/A output:
Although this is also generally known as analog output, the 3166 is a digital
sampling power meter, and therefore all measured values are processed
digitally. Therefore, the analog output is derived from digital data that is
converted into analog signals.
Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms

APPENDIX 30
Appendix 8 Printout Samples

(1) Normal Measurement mode (All items)
Date and time of printout
(voltage, current, power)
Maximum values
* These are the maximum values
(and the date and time at which they
were generated) for the instantaneous
values, from the time when the Data
Reset key was pressed until the time
of printing.
Minimum values
* These are the minimum values
(and the date and time at which they
were generated) for the instantaneous
values, from the time when the Data
Reset key was pressed until the time
of printing.

APPENDIX 31
(2) Integrated Measurement mode (Integrated power and average value within a time
period)

Date and time of start of integrated
measurement
Integration time
Integrated power
* These are the total integrated
values, from the start of integration
until the time of printing.

* These are the average values during
the integration period, derived from the
integrated power indicated above.
Output at the next interval time

* The setting of each item is the same
as for the previous time.

APPENDIX 32
(3) Demand Measurement mode
Demand measurement (Integrated power and average value within a time

period)

Date and time of start of demand
measurement
Demand count
* This example shows the data for the
second demand measurement.
Integrated power
* These are the integrated values,
during the set demand period since
the start of integration.

* These are the average values during
the demand period, derived from the
integrated power indicated above.
Output at the next (third) demand period

* The setting of each item is the same
as for the previous time.

APPENDIX 33
Daily report (Instantaneous value, integrated power, and average value within
a time period)

Date and time of start of demand measurement
Daily report output count
* This example shows the data for the first
daily report.
Instantaneous values at the time of printing

(voltage, current, and power)
Integrated power
* These are the total integrated values,
from the start of demand measurement until
the end (one day).

* These are the average values
during the one-day period, derived
from the integrated power indicated
above.
Maximum demand values and the

date and time at which they occurred
* In the case of integrated measurement,
daily reports, weekly reports, and
monthly reports, the maximum demand
value generated during that period is
output here, along with the date and time
at which that maximum was generated.

APPENDIX 34
(4) Setting condition
Version number
Setting condition
NOTE
If kanji were used in file names, they will not be printed out properly unless a
printer that supports kanji is used.

APPENDIX 35
Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk
Data header Contents Unit Data output condition

Date and OUTPUT DATE FDD data output date
time of output
OUTPUT TIME FDD data output time
DEMAND Demand start date
START DATE
DEMAND Demand start time
START TIME
Instantanious U1 Effective voltage value V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
voltage CH1
values
U2 Effective voltage value V 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
CH2
U3 Effective voltage value V 3p4w

CH3
Effective voltage value V 3p4w
Uave Average value of chanels
between 1 to 3
Instantanious I1 Effective current value A 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i,
current CH1 3p4w
values
I2 Effective current value A 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i, 3p4w
CH2
I3 Effective current value A 3p3w3i, 3p4w

CH3
Effective current value A 3p3w3i, 3p4w
Iave Average value of chanels
between 1 to 3
Instantanious P Active power W
power values
Q Reactive power var
S Apparent power VA
PF Power factor
F Frequency Hz
Maximum U1max CH1 V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
voltage
values U1max DATE Date of generation display
U1max TIME Time of generation display
U2max CH2 V 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
U2max DATE Date of generation display
U3max CH3 V 3p4w
U3max DATE Date of generation display

APPENDIX 36
Maximum I1max CH1 A 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i,

current 3p4w
values I1max DATE Date of generation display
I1max TIME Time of generation display
I2max CH2 A 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i, 3p4w
I2max DATE Date of generation display
I3max CH3 A 3p3w3i, 3p4w
I3max DATE Date of generation display
Maximum Pmax Active power W
power values
Pmax DATE Date of generation display
Pmax TIME Time of generation display
Qmax Reactive power (LAG) var
Qmax DATE Date of generation display
Qmax TIME Time of generation display
Q-max Reactive power (LEAD) var
Q-max DATE Date of generation display
Q-max TIME Time of generation display
Smax Apparent power VA
Smax DATE Date of generation display
Smax TIME Time of generation display
PFmax Power factor (LAG)
PFmax DATE Date of generation display
PFmax TIME Time of generation display
PF-max Power factor (LEAD)
PF-max DATE Date of generation display
PF-max TIME Time of generation display
Fmax Frequency Hz
Fmax DATE Date of generation display
Fmax TIME Time of generation display
Minimum U1min CH1 V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
voltage value
U1min DATE Date of generation display
U1min TIME Time of generation display
U2min CH2 V 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
U3min CH3 V 3p4w

APPENDIX 37
Minimum I1min CH1 V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 1p3p3i,

current value 3p4w
I1min DATE Date of generation display
I1min TIME Time of generation display
I2min CH2 V 1p3w, 3p3w, 1p3p3i, 3p4w
I3min CH3 V 1p3p3i, 3p4w
Minimum Pmin Active power W
power values
Pmin DATE Date of generation display
Pmin TIME Time of generation display
Qmin Reactive power (LAG) var
Qmin DATE Date of generation display
Qmin TIME Time of generation display
Q-min Reactive power (LEAD) var
Q-min DATE Date of generation display
Q-min TIME Time of generation display
Smin Apparent power VA
Smin DATE Date of generation display
Smin TIME Time of generation display
PFmin Power factor (LAG)
PFmin DATE Date of generation display
PFmin TIME Time of generation display
PF-min Power factor (LEAD)
PF-min DATE Date of generation display
PF-min TIME Time of generation display
Fmin Frequency Hz
Fmin DATE Date of generation display
Fmin TIME Time of generation display
Power WP Active power (addition) Wh
integration (WP+)+(WP-)
WP+ Active power (consumption) Wh
WP- Active power (regeneration) Wh
WQ Reactive power varh When not using the reactive
power meter method
(WS+)2 (WP+)2
WS Apparent power (addition) VAh
(WS+)+( WS- )
WS+ Apparent power (consumption) VAh
WS- Apparent power (regeneration) VAh

APPENDIX 38
Power WQ Reactive power (total) varh When using the reactive

integration WQ+ + WQ- power meter method
WQ+ Reactive power (LAG) varh
WQ- Reactive power (LEAD) varh
Apparent power VAh
WS
(WP+)2+(WQ+)2
Average Pave Active power (Consumption) W Integrated measurement
value within a WP+ / h mode
time period h =integrated elapsed time
Qave Reactive power (LAG) var Demand measurement
WQ+ / h mode*
Save Apparent power (Consumption) VA

WS+ / h
PFave Power factor

WP+ / WS+
LF Load factor % Demand measurement mode

Pave / Pave max 100 Daily reports
Weekly reports
Usage factor % Monthly reports
TLF Save /Transfer capacity setting 100 Integration
Maximum Pave max Active power W Demand measurement mode
demand Daily reports
value Pave max DATE Date of generation display Weekly reports
Monthly reports
Pave max TIME Time of generation display Integration
Qave max Reactive power var
Qave max DATE Date of generation display
Qave max TIME Time of generation display
Save max Apparent power VA
Save max DATE Date of generation display
Save max TIME Time of generation display
PFave max Power factor
PFave max Date of generation display
DATE
PFave max Time of generation display
TIME
TLF max Usage factor %
TLF max DATE Date of generation display
TLF max TIME Time of generation display
Demand measurement mode*:

Demand measurement data: h=demand period
Daily report data: h=24 hours period (1 day)
Weekly report data: h=168 hours period (7 days)
Monthly report data: h=1 month period
Integrated data: h=integration period

INDEX 1
Index
-A-
Command reference 164, 165, 169
AC power inlet 6, 23 Connection cable 140, 150, 157, 242,
Accuracy 295-297, 302, 310 250,265, 294
Additional integrati 69, 71, 72, 82, 272 Consumption 63, 75-77, 89, 90, 102,
Arrow 37 105, 107, 108, 110, 254, 307, 308
Auto range 70, 176, 234, 295 Contrast 4, 24, 59, 86, 120, 123, 129, 174,
Average value within 102, 115, 116, 147, 294, 301
148, 212, 217, 260, 261, 298 Crest factor 295
Current range 4, 11, 12, 41, 47, 67, 70,
75, 94, 97, 175, 177, 296
-B-
Current range key 4, 12
BNC connector 22 Cursor key 5, 9
Back cover 291
Backlight 4, 59, 86, 120, 123, 129, 171,
-D-
294, 301
Backup function 25, 283, 303 D/A output 3, 7, 47, 58, 84, 118,
Basic operating procedure 119, 178, 179, 197, 198, 222, 249-255
18, 32, 45, 65, 92, D/A output item 58, 84, 118, 178,
162 197, 222
Baud rate 131-133, 158, 239, 302 Daily report 106-108, 115, 148, 182,
190, 216, 261
Data length 131-133, 158, 239
-C-
Data reset 5, 49, 70, 77, 97, 99,
CHECK key 4, 33, 36, 37, 47, 50, 67, 101, 104, 193
72, 94, 98 Deleting file 258, 279
CT 13, 59, 86, 120, 123, 128, 228, 301 Demand measurement 98, 99
Calculation formula 305, 307 Demand time 113, 187
Carrying case 3, 28 Display update rate 51, 74, 84, 252,
Clamp on sensor 7, 21, 37, 289, 293-296, 253, 295
310 Dynamic range over 42
Clamp sensor connect 21, 22
Clip 30
Command syntax 164, 169

Index
INDEX 2
Instantaneous value 46, 49, 54, 66, 73,

81, 100, 105, 107, 115, 146-149,
-E-
190-192, 211, 217, 220, 259, 260
English 24 Integrated measurement 63
Error message 10 Inverter 8
Extension 270, 275, 278
External control 7
-J-
Japanese 24
-F-
FD auto output 13, 80, 82, 117, 271, 272
-K-
FDD unit 7, 16, 26, 257, 311
FDD unit connector 7, 265 Key beep 59, 86, 120, 123, 130, 172
File name 55-57, 61, 83, 117, 181, 200, Key lock 13, 50, 72, 98, 99, 210, 239
223, 270, 278, 279
Fixed clock 8, 126, 127, 227
-L-
Floppy disk 263, 267, 268
Flow control 131-133, 239 LCD 129, 171, 174
Format 258, 263, 276 Lag 77, 254, 296-298, 306-308
Frequency 8, 126, 127, 194, 230 Lead 77, 254, 296-298, 306, 308
Front panel 4, 291 Load factor 115, 148, 261, 307
Function key 4, 10 Loss of power 283, 284, 286, 288
-G- -M-
Generation time 51, 75, 102 Manual printing 154, 155
Guide notch 21, 22, 140, 250 Measurement range 41, 70, 97, 293,
295-297, 304
Modem 130, 133, 134, 157, 241
-H-
Modem initialization command 133, 244
Harmonic analysis 15, 281 Monthly report 110, 115, 148, 182, 190,
Header 163, 164, 167 216, 261, 270
Hold 13, 14, 50, 73, 101, 196, 255
-O-
-I-
Option 7, 257, 281, 294
ID code 133, 245 Output interval time 80, 82, 83, 154,
Imbalance 38 202, 272
Incorrect wiring 29, 38 Over-range 13, 42, 253, 254
Initial screen 15, 33, 193
Input resistance 251, 293

Index
INDEX 3
Self-test 24, 25
Separator 165
-P-
Special key 11
PLL 8, 13, 126, 127, 227, 230 Specifications 293, 312
PLL unlock 8, 13 Stand 26, 27
PT 13, 59, 86, 120, 123, 128, 228, 301 Start time 71, 78, 98, 99, 112,
Parity check 131-133, 158, 239 184, 186, 205
Personal computer 130, 132, 157, 232, Start/stop 5, 7, 70-72, 78, 79, 97-99,
239, 242, 245, 258, 270 141, 142
Phase sequence 38, 46, 66, 93 Stop bit length 131-133
Power cord 6, 23 Stop time 71, 72, 99, 112, 186
Power flow 38, 75, 102, 105, 107, Supply voltage 6, 23, 266, 294
108, 110, 250, 308 System reset 25, 135, 226, 290
Power switch 6, 23, 24, 290
Print key 5, 52, 60, 87, 121, 136, 154
-T-
Print/save item 54, 81, 115, 116, 146,
152, 153, 182, 201, 224, 259, 269 Telephone information 133
Printer 5, 7, 11, 52, 60, 87, Telephone number 133, 244
121, 130, 136, 145, 154, 155 Timer 72, 79, 80, 202, 207, 209
Printout 154, 155, 264 Transformer capacity 114, 188, 307, 308
Protector 291
-U-
-R-
Updating 253, 258
RS-232C 7, 13, 83, 118, 130,
157-163, 237, 241-248, 290
-V-
RS-232C cable 157, 159, 160
Reactive power meter method 13, 76, Voltage cord 7, 18, 30, 37, 294
77, 125, 225 Voltage cord lock 19, 20
Real time 173 Voltage range 4, 12, 41, 47, 67, 94,
Regeneration 63, 76, 89, 90, 102, 233, 235
105, 107, 108, 110, 254, 307, 308 Voltage range key 4, 12
Renaming files 278
Response characteris 252, 253
-W-
Waiting 71, 98, 99
-S-
Warmup 295
SETXXX 61, 137, 271, 278 Weekly report 108, 109, 115, 116,
Safety standard 2 147-149, 182, 190, 216, 260-262, 270
Sample program 237 Window 10, 13
Sampling method 126, 227 Wiring diagram 34-36, 39, 40
Save 11, 53, 61, 88, 122, 137, 271 Wiring key 4, 11
Scaling 13 Write-protect 268

Index
INDEX 4

Index
HIOKI 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER
Instruction Manual
Publication date: October 2001 Revised edition 10
Edited and published by HIOKI E.E. CORPORATION

Technical Support Section
All inquiries to International Sales and Marketing Department

81 Koizumi, Ueda, Nagano, 386-1192, Japan
TEL: +81-268-28-0562 / FAX: +81-268-28-0568
E-mail: os-com@hioki.co.jp
URL http://www.hioki.co.jp/
Printed in Japan 3166A981-10
All reasonable care has been taken in the production of this manual, but if you
find any points which are unclear or in error, please contact your supplier or
the International Sales and Marketing Department at HIOKI headquarters.
In the interests of product development, the contents of this manual are subject
to revision without prior notice.
Unauthorized reproduction or copying of this manual is prohibited.
HEAD OFFICE
81 Koizumi, Ueda, Nagano 386-1192, Japan
TEL +81-268-28-0562 / FAX +81-268-28-0568
E-mail: os-com@hioki.co.jp / URL http://www.hioki.co.jp/
HIOKI USA CORPORATION
6 Corporate Drive, Cranbury, NJ 08512, USA
TEL +1-609-409-9109 / FAX +1-609-409-9108
3166A981-10 01-10H
Printed on recycled paper

Hioki 3166 MANUAL PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hioki 3166 MANUAL PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

Safety Notes iii

Notes on Using the Power Meter ix

Chapter 1 Overview and Names of Parts 1

Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen 9

Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements 17

Chapter 4 Wiring Methods 29

Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement 63

Chapter 7 Demand Measurement 89

Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details 123

Chapter 9 Using the Remote Control Jack 139

Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer 145

Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer 157

Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem 241

Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional) 249

Chapter 14 Using the FDD UNIT (Optional) 257

Chapter 15 Harmonic Analysis Software 281

Chapter 16 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power 283

Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service 289

Chapter 18 Specifications 293

3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER (9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS

DANGER To avoid short circuits and potentially life-threatening hazards, never

Indicates a grounding terminal.

Indicates AC (Alternating Current).

The following symbols in this manual indicate the relative importance of

DANGER Indicates that incorrect operation presents an extreme hazard that

WARNING Indicates that incorrect operation presents a significant hazard that

Indicates that incorrect operation presents a possibility of injury to

Advisory items related to performance or correct operation of the

Higher-numbered categories correspond to electrical environments with

We define measurement tolerances in terms of f.s. (full scale), rdg. (reading)

f.s. (maximum display value or scale length)

rdg. (reading or displayed value)

Making power meter connections

WARNING The unit is constructed so as to be connected to a ground line via a

Voltage of the power supply

Secondary side connections

Unit and accessories

Use of the 3166

Notes on Using the Power Meter

This power meter uses the calculations indicated in the specifications in

Notes on Using the Power Meter

Chapter 1 Overviews and Names of Parts

Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen

Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements

Chapter 4 Wiring Methods

Chapter 5 Normal Measurement

Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement

Chapter 7 Demand Measurements

Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details

Chapter 9 Using the External Control Terminal

Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer

Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer

Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem

Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional)

Chapter 14 Using the Floppy Disk Drive (Optional)

Chapter 15 Harmonic Wave Analysis Software (Optional)

Chapter 16 Operation If Power Is Lost

Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service

1.1 Product Overview 6

1.1 Product Overview

The 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER features a safe design that